US20210079475A1 - Methods and kits for determining a personalized treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder - Google Patents

Methods and kits for determining a personalized treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20210079475A1
US20210079475A1 US17/100,987 US202017100987A US2021079475A1 US 20210079475 A1 US20210079475 A1 US 20210079475A1 US 202017100987 A US202017100987 A US 202017100987A US 2021079475 A1 US2021079475 A1 US 2021079475A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
value
expression
genes
subject
ifi44l
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
US17/100,987
Inventor
Yoav Smith
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Yissum Research Development Co of Hebrew University of Jerusalem
Original Assignee
Yissum Research Development Co of Hebrew University of Jerusalem
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Yissum Research Development Co of Hebrew University of Jerusalem filed Critical Yissum Research Development Co of Hebrew University of Jerusalem
Priority to US17/100,987 priority Critical patent/US20210079475A1/en
Assigned to YISSUM RESEARCH DEVELOPMENT COMPANY OF THE HEBREW UNIVERSITY OF JERUSALEM LTD. reassignment YISSUM RESEARCH DEVELOPMENT COMPANY OF THE HEBREW UNIVERSITY OF JERUSALEM LTD. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: SMITH, YOAV
Publication of US20210079475A1 publication Critical patent/US20210079475A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6876—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes
    • C12Q1/6883—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes for diseases caused by alterations of genetic material
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G16—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16B—BIOINFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR GENETIC OR PROTEIN-RELATED DATA PROCESSING IN COMPUTATIONAL MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
    • G16B20/00—ICT specially adapted for functional genomics or proteomics, e.g. genotype-phenotype associations
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G16—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16B—BIOINFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR GENETIC OR PROTEIN-RELATED DATA PROCESSING IN COMPUTATIONAL MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
    • G16B20/00—ICT specially adapted for functional genomics or proteomics, e.g. genotype-phenotype associations
    • G16B20/20—Allele or variant detection, e.g. single nucleotide polymorphism [SNP] detection
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G16—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16H—HEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
    • G16H10/00—ICT specially adapted for the handling or processing of patient-related medical or healthcare data
    • G16H10/40—ICT specially adapted for the handling or processing of patient-related medical or healthcare data for data related to laboratory analysis, e.g. patient specimen analysis
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G16—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16H—HEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
    • G16H20/00—ICT specially adapted for therapies or health-improving plans, e.g. for handling prescriptions, for steering therapy or for monitoring patient compliance
    • G16H20/10—ICT specially adapted for therapies or health-improving plans, e.g. for handling prescriptions, for steering therapy or for monitoring patient compliance relating to drugs or medications, e.g. for ensuring correct administration to patients
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q2600/00—Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
    • C12Q2600/106—Pharmacogenomics, i.e. genetic variability in individual responses to drugs and drug metabolism
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q2600/00—Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
    • C12Q2600/158—Expression markers
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G01—MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2800/00—Detection or diagnosis of diseases
    • G01N2800/52—Predicting or monitoring the response to treatment, e.g. for selection of therapy based on assay results in personalised medicine; Prognosis
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A90/00—Technologies having an indirect contribution to adaptation to climate change
    • Y02A90/10—Information and communication technologies [ICT] supporting adaptation to climate change, e.g. for weather forecasting or climate simulation

Definitions

  • the invention relates to personalized medicine. More specifically, the invention provides methods and kits for determining and optimizing a treatment regimen of a medicament, for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder.
  • Determining treatment protocols that may be suitable for each individual or a subset of individuals is highly desirable.
  • Clinical diagnosis and management has been long focused on clinical sign and symptoms of a patient in order to treat specific diseases. Recently along with the advances in genetic profiling, it became possible to understand the impact of genetic variability as measured in individuals or subsets of individuals on the disease progression.
  • Personalized medicine is therefore aimed at enabling decisions and practices to the individual patient by use for example of genetic information.
  • interferon therapy is widely used in the treatment of a variety of diseases including for example, multiple sclerosis (MS), hepatitis B, hepatitis C, inflammatory diseases and many cancers types.
  • MS multiple sclerosis
  • hepatitis B hepatitis B
  • hepatitis C inflammatory diseases and many cancers types.
  • HCV hepatitis C Virus
  • Van Baarsen et al., 2008 show that the expression level of interferon response genes in the peripheral blood of multiple sclerosis patients prior to treatment can serve a role as a biomarker for the differential clinical response to interferon beta.
  • B-Lymphocyes stimulator (BLyS) have a potential role as a predictor of outcome in patients with acute hepatitis C.
  • the Inventor previous US Patent Application, US2009157324 describes a computational method for selecting a group of genes from a predetermined group of genes whose expression level is significantly different among a first group of individuals (being for example responders to a treatment) and comparing their expression in a second group of individuals (for example not responders).
  • the statistical significance of each group of genes is determined in both up regulated genes or down regulated genes, namely their expression in the first group is higher or lower than in the second group, respectively.
  • the genes in both groups (up regulated and down regulated) are ranked according to number of times each gene was ranked in the highest statistical significant score. A subset of genes having the highest score, either up regulated or down regulated are then selected as biomarkers.
  • the correlations between genetic profiling and personalized medicine, namely treatment regimens needs to be considered for predicting response to therapy, predicting treatment success and monitoring disease prognosis and pathogenesis, specifically chances for disease relapse.
  • a first aspect of the invention relates to a method for determining and optimizing a personalized treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder.
  • the method of the invention comprises the step of:
  • First step (a) involves calculating and determining the value of M.
  • the value M indicates the ability, capability of a specific subject, in this case, the examined subject, to eliminate the specific disorder.
  • the value of the individual's M reflects the efficiency of the specific tested subject in cellular elements that are required for challenging and eliminating a specific disorder.
  • the M value indicates the strength of the individual's innate immunity, and may be used for predicting it's ability to eliminate a specific disorder.
  • the next step (b), involves determining the value of M1 that indicates the minimal ability required for eliminating said disorder.
  • a further aspect of the invention relates to a kit for determining and optimizing a personalized treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder.
  • such kit may comprise elements required for performing any of the methods described above. More specifically, such kit may comprise:
  • kits of the invention may further comprise detecting molecules for the STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes and any combinations thereof with any of the marker genes of the invention.
  • the kit of the invention further comprises (b), means for calculating the M value of a tested subject.
  • the M value indicates the ability of said subject to eliminate said disorder.
  • the kit of the invention further comprises (c) means for calculating the value of M1 or a standard M1 value calculated for a responder population.
  • the M1 value indicates the minimal ability, or in other words, the optimal M1 value required for a successful elimination of the disorder.
  • the kit of the invention comprises (d) means for calculating the dose A and number B of administrations of said dose A to obtain an amount C of said medicament required for said subject.
  • the invention provides a computer software product for determining and optimizing a personalized treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic representation at the cellular level of a cell infected with a virus that is multiplied by a rate K followed by the regulation of specific genes caused either by the immune system or by an external treatment that may lead to viral elimination by rate M.
  • the virus or other viruses may penetrate other cells by a certain rate.
  • the virus may be destroyed by the activity of a set of proteins encoded by a set of genes for example, ISG15, USP18, HERC5 and OAS, in the UPS (Ubiquitin Proteasome System).
  • the lower line represents 0.1 of initial load and provides information whether the down regulation was more than one tenth of the initial virus load.
  • the lower line represents 0.1 of initial load and provides information whether the down regulation was more than one tenth of the initial virus load.
  • FIG. 5 is a volcano plot showing the significant changes in the expression level of different genes in West Nile virus (WNV) infected retinal pigment epithelial (RPE). Expression data was obtained Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE30719.
  • the “X”-axis represents log 2 of ratio between gene expression measured after 24 hours after infection and a baseline level of the same gene measured before infection, the points present to the right of the right vertical line (shown at a value of 1 on the x-axis), represent genes that were up regulated by more than 2 folds.
  • the “Y” axis shows the p value assigned to each point.
  • the horizontal line corresponds to p-value of 0.05, with points above this line correspond to a p values lower than 0.05 (namely, more significant).
  • FIG. 6 is a volcano plot showing the significant changes in the expression level of different genes in H1N1 (left) compare to H5N1 (right). Expression data was obtained from Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE18816.
  • the “X”-axis represents log 2 of ratio between gene expression measured after 6 hours after infection and a baseline level of the same gene measured before infection, the points present to the right of the right vertical line (shown at a value of 1 on the x-axis), represent genes that were up regulated by more than 2 folds.
  • the “Y” axis shows the p value assigned to each point.
  • the horizontal line corresponds to p-value of 0.05, with points above this line correspond to a p values lower than 0.05 (namely, more significant).
  • FIG. 7 is a volcano plot showing the significant changes in the expression level of different genes in blood of children infected with dengue virus.
  • Expression data was obtained from Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE13052.
  • the “X”-axis represents log 2 of ratio between gene expression measured 4 days after infection in 9 acute dengue shock patients and a baseline level of the same gene measured in 9 acute uncomplicated dengue patients, the points present to the right of the right vertical line (shown at a value of 1 on the x-axis), represent genes that were up regulated by more than 2 folds.
  • the “Y” axis shows the p value assigned to each point.
  • the horizontal line corresponds to p-value of 0.05, with points above this line correspond to a p values lower than 0.05 (namely, more significant).
  • FIG. 8 is a volcano plot showing the significant changes in the expression level of different genes in liver biopsies of ten responders and ten non-responders HCV patients before treatment (left) and after one week of IFN and Rib treatment (right). Expression data was obtained from Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE17183. The “X”-axis represents log 2 of ratio between gene expression measured in responders vs.
  • the points present to the right of the right vertical line represent genes that were up regulated by more than 2 folds whereas the points present to the left of the left vertical line (shown at a value of ⁇ 0.75 on the x-axis), represent genes that were down regulated by more than 2 folds.
  • the “Y” axis shows the p value assigned to each point.
  • the horizontal line corresponds to p-value of 0.05, with points above this line correspond to a p values lower than 0.05 (namely, more significant).
  • FIG. 9 is a volcano plot showing the significant changes in the expression level of different genes in MS patients three months after treatment with IFN- ⁇ .
  • Expression data was obtained from Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No GSE16214.
  • the “X”-axis represents log 2 of ratio between gene expression measured in after treatment, the points present to the right of the right vertical line (shown at a value of 1 on the x-axis), represent genes that were up regulated by more than 2 folds.
  • the “Y” axis shows the p value assigned to each point.
  • the horizontal line corresponds to p-value of 0.05, with points above this line correspond to a p values lower than 0.05 (namely, more significant).
  • FIGS. 10A and 10B are graphs showing the expression of IFI27, IFI44L, IFI6, MX1 and ISG15 genes measured in PBMCs of MS patients before ( FIG. 10A ) and three month after treatment with interferon alpha (IFN- ⁇ ) ( FIG. 10B ).
  • Expression data was downloaded from Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No GSE16214.
  • the “X”-axis represents the subject number and the “Y” axis represents the normalized expression level of the genes.
  • FIG. 11 is a graph showing the sum of the expression of the USP18, IFI44, MX1, IFI44L, OAS3, HERC5 and RSAD2 genes (square) and the relapse rate (diamond) of 50 MS patients (patients are indicated in the X-axis.
  • FIG. 13 is a graph showing the sum of expression of the IFI27, ISG15, IFIH1, IFI44L, OAS2, DDX58, IFIT1 and IFI6 genes in 44 HIV patients treated with HAART (squares) and the virus load (diamonds).
  • FIG. 14 is a graph showing the expression of the ISG15, HERC5, USP10 and UBE2L6 genes, in the ferret experimental groups as indicated therein.
  • FIG. 15 is a graph showing the clustering of genes measured for a population of 15 healthy individuals. Expression data was downloaded from Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No GSE838. The “X” axis denotes the tested individual and the “Y” axis represents the measured genes.
  • FIG. 16 is a graph showing the expression of IGS15, IFIT1, OAS2 and USP18 genes measured in healthy individuals. Expression data was downloaded from Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No GSE838 the “X”-axis represents the subject number (patients 1-15) and the “Y” axis represents the normalized expression level of the genes ranging from 0 to 1.
  • FIG. 17 is a graph showing the clustering of genes measured for a population of 145 healthy individuals. Expression data was downloaded from Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No GSE3649. The “X” axis denotes the tested individual and the “Y” axis represents the measured genes
  • FIG. 18 is a graph showing the expression IGS15 and IFIT1 gene measured in healthy individuals. Expression data was downloaded from Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE3649. The “X”-axis represents the subject number and the “Y” axis represents the normalized expression level of the genes ranging from 0 to 1.
  • FIG. 19 is a volcano plot showing the significant changes in the expression level of different genes in healthy individuals 24 hours following injection of poly ICLC.
  • Expression data was obtained from Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No GSE32862.
  • the “X”-axis represents log 2 of ratio between gene expression measured 24 hours as compared to base line level before administration, the points present to the right of the right vertical line (shown at a value of 1 on the x-axis), represent genes that were up regulated by more than 2 folds.
  • the “Y” axis shows the p value assigned to each point.
  • FIG. 20 is a volcano plot showing the significant changes in the expression level of different genes in healthy individuals 24 hours following injection of poly ICLC.
  • Expression data was obtained from Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No GSE32862.
  • the “X”-axis represents log 2 of ratio between gene expression measured 24 hours as compared to base line level before administration, the points present to the right of the right vertical line (shown at a value of 1 on the x-axis), represent genes that were up regulated by more than 2 folds.
  • the “Y” axis shows the p value assigned to each point.
  • ISG15, HERC5 and UBE2L6 are given in squares, IFI44 set (in triangle pointing right), IFIT set (in circles), OAS set (in triangles pointing left), triggers DDX58, TLR7, IFIH1, MYd88.
  • FIG. 21 is a graph showing principal component analysis (PCA) of the expression level of IFIT1, IFI44L, IFI6 and ISG15.
  • PCA principal component analysis
  • FIG. 22 are graphs showing timing of genes dynamics. Dashed lines correspond to non responders and full lines to responders. X-axis represents time and the Y-axis represents expression of the indicated genes.
  • FIG. 23 are graphs showing timing of genes dynamics for longer periods. Dashed lines correspond to non responders and full lines to responders. X-axis represents time and the Y-axis represents expression of the indicated genes.
  • FIG. 24 is a histogram graph showing the changes in genes expression after 24 hours following PolyC treatment in healthy donors divided by baseline level of the same gene.
  • FIG. 25 is a graph showing the calculation of M from the model equations.
  • FIGS. 26A-26B is a graph showing simulation of replication vs. immune defense, per different M.
  • FIG. 26A shows that at K rate higher than 3, the virus progresses.
  • FIG. 26B shows situation where K smaller than M, attenuation of the virus is achieved.
  • the X-axis represents time from initial infection different k values and the Y-axis represents the virus load per the different k values.
  • FIGS. 27A-27B is a graph showing simulation instructing how much PI is needed per each individuals M and virus K.
  • the PI effectively increases the individuals M
  • FIG. 28 is a graph showing sum of the expression of the ubiquitin genes, ISG15, USP18, HERC5, UBE2L6, as measured in A549 cells at 2, 4, 6, 8 and 10 hours post infection with the three different influenza strains.
  • FIG. 29 is a graph showing the sum of the expression of the ubiquitin genes, ISG15, USP18, HERC5 and UBE2L6 in different time points up to 120 hr (X-axis) post infection of H3N2, in nine different individuals. Each individual is represented in one panel numbered 1 to 9.
  • FIG. 30 is a graph showing the simulation results, in the upper panel the virus load of a virus having replication rate of 1.93, the lower panel shows the sum of the expression of the 4 genes, in individual 6 as presented in FIG. 29 .
  • FIG. 31 is a graph showing the simulation results, in the upper panel the virus load of a virus having replication rate of 1.94, the lower panel shows the sum of the expression of the 4 genes, in individual 6 as presented in FIG. 29 .
  • FIG. 32 is a bar graph showing the normalized and scaled sum expression of the genes UBE2L6, USP18, HERC5, OAS2 and ISG15 in each one of the tested patients and the amount of reduction in virus load.
  • FIG. 33 is a bar graph showing the normalized and scaled (0-1) sum expression of the five genes UBE2L6, USP18, HERC5 and OAS2 in each one of the tested patients and the scaled M values of each patient as calculated using the simulation.
  • FIGS. 34A and 34B are bar graphs showing the sum expression of HERC5 and UBE2L6 genes ( FIG. 34A ) and the M value ( FIG. 34B ) in IFN responsive and non-responsive HCV patients.
  • the data was obtained from PBMC of HCV patients.
  • FIG. 35 is a bar graph showing the expression of HERC5 and the viral load in responsive and non-responsive HCV patients. The data was obtained from PBMC of HCV patients.
  • FIG. 36 is a bar graph showing the normalized expression of HERC5 gene (open box) and normalized M value (black box) obtained from model simulation using viral load data in responsive and non-responsive HCV patients. The data was obtained from PBMC of HCV patients.
  • FIGS. 37A to 37C are graphs showing correlation between gene expression and M value, with FIG. 37A showing the sum of normalized and scaled expression of the five genes UBE2L6, USP18, HERC5, OAS2 and ISG15, FIG. 37B showing the M value calculated from the gene expression.
  • the data was obtained from liver samples of HCV patients.
  • FIG. 38 is a volcano plot showing the significant changes in the expression level of different genes in liver biopsies in responders and non-responders HCV patients before treatment (left) and after one week of IFN and Rib treatment (right).
  • Expression data was obtained from Masao H. et al.
  • the “X”-axis represents log 2 of ratio between gene expression measured in responders vs. non-responders, the points present to the right of the right vertical line (shown at a value of 1 on the x-axis), represent genes that were up regulated by more than 2 folds whereas the points present to the left of the left vertical line (shown at a value of ⁇ 0.75 on the x-axis), represent genes that were down regulated by more than 2 folds.
  • the “Y” axis shows the p value assigned to each point.
  • the horizontal line corresponds to p-value of 0.05, with points above this line correspond to a p values lower than 0.05 (namely, more significant).
  • FIGS. 39A and 39B are graphs showing the expression of HERC5 gene expression before initiation of IFN and Rib treatment ( FIG. 39A ) and ratio between HERC5 gene expression measured after one week of treatment and a baseline level of the same gene measured before infection ( FIG. 39B ).
  • the data was obtained from liver samples of HCV patients.
  • FIG. 40 is a graph showing normalized M value obtained from the model simulation for each one of the patients using the virus load data.
  • FIGS. 41A and 41B are model simulations predicting viral progression in a non responsive ( FIG. 41A ) and responsive ( FIG. 41B ) HCV patients.
  • FIG. 42 is a model simulation predicting treatment regimen in HCV patients having an M value of 0.82.
  • FIG. 43 is a model simulation predicting treatment regimen in HCV patient having an M value of 0.7995 (patient p18).
  • Interferon is widely clinically used for treatment of a variety of diseases including for example inflammatory diseases such as hepatitis C infections, autoimmune diseases such as multiple sclerosis and different types of proliferative disorders. Significant therapeutic advances were made in the treatment of interferon associated diseases however, it is still difficult to determine at the time of disease diagnosis and treatment adjustments, which patients will respond to treatment and which would eventually relapse. Surprisingly, although interferon is considered as a state of art therapy in treatment of these diseases, many of the treated patients do not respond to the therapy and even if they do, many of the patients experience a relapse of the disease.
  • a first aspect of the invention relates to a method for determining and optimizing a personalized treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder.
  • the method of the invention comprises the step of:
  • First step (a) involves calculating and determining the value of M.
  • the value M indicates the ability of a specific subject, in this case, the examined subject, to eliminate the specific disorder. More specifically, the value of the individual's M reflects the efficiency of the specific tested subject in requiting cellular elements that are required for challenging and eliminating a specific disorder. In certain embodiments the M value indicates the strength of the individual's innate immunity, and may be used for predicting the individual's ability to eliminate a specific disorder.
  • the next step (b), involves determining the value of M1 that indicates the minimal ability required for eliminating the specific disorder.
  • the value M1 reflects the optimal threshold of the ability and efficiency of requiting elements required for eliminating a specific disorder. It should be noted that this value is calculated for populations of subjects that perform successful recovery in response to a certain treatment. In some embodiments, this group of subjects may be considered a “responders”.
  • calculating the value of M of the tested individual may be performed using different approaches. It should be noted that such determination may be performed using any of the approaches of the invention or any combination thereof.
  • determination of the specific M value of the tested individual may be performed by (I) using a static analysis. More specifically, “static” analysis means that the M value may be calculated for a specific individual even before starting a treatment with the particular medicament, and would not reflect any change occurring in response to such treatment.
  • such approach may comprise the steps of:
  • the level of expression of at least one of STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes may be also determined.
  • step (Ib) providing a standard curve, specifically, predetermined standard curve of expression values of subjects suffering from the same pathologic disorder.
  • an induced dynamic analysis may be used as an approach for determining the individual's M value. It should be appreciated that such approach is based on pre measurements of the M value for an individual, specifically, before such individual was affected by a certain pathologic disorder. More specifically, using such approach, the specific M value of a specific individual may be predetermined, providing information that may be used in the future in case such subject may be affected by any pathologic disorder. More specifically, such predetermined individual value may serve as valuable information that may be used for optimizing treatment regimen for such individual. Moreover, the method of the invention provides the use of such M value for specifically optimized treatment regimen suitable for a certain pathologic disorder.
  • the induced dynamic analysis (II) comprises the steps of:
  • IIa First (IIa), determining the level of expression of at least one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7 and IFI6 genes, and optionally of STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes in a biological sample of said subject, to obtain an expression value in the tested sample.
  • this step may be performed in vitro, more specifically, a sample of the examined subject may be contacted with an immuno-stimulant.
  • the next step (IIc) involves determining the level of expression of at least one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7 and IFI6 genes, and optionally of STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes in a sample of said individual that has been exposed to said immuno-stimulant.
  • determining the level of at least one of these marker genes in at least one other biological sample of the tested subject that has been contacted in vitro with the immuno-stimulant as indicated in step (IIb).
  • step (IId) calculating the rate of change between the expression value obtained in step (IIa), and the expression value obtained in step (IIc), thereby obtaining the rate of change in the sample RC samp , more specifically, the rate of change in the expression of at least one of the marker genes of the invention, in response to such immuno-stimulant.
  • change of expression reflects the intrinsic ability of the tested subject in requiting elements that may be involved in eliminating of any disorder, and therefore reflects the specific ability a certain subject to challenge disorders.
  • a standard curve specifically, predetermined standard curve of the rate of change in the expression of at least one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7 and IFI6 genes, and optionally of STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes or any combinations thereof in subjects treated with said immuno-stimulant.
  • predetermined standard curve is based on a population of healthy subjects (or non-diseased subjects) treated with the same immuno-stimulant.
  • step (IIf) obtaining a maximal rate of change value RC max and a minimal rate of change RC min value from said standard curve of (IIe);
  • the invention provides a method for optimizing treatment regimen for a subject that has been already started a certain treatment, using a dynamic analysis (III) comprising:
  • step (IIIa) determining the level of expression of at least one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7 and IFI6 genes, and optionally of STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes in a biological sample of the tested subject, to obtain an expression value in the tested sample. It should be noted that such sample should be obtained prior the initiation of the specific treatment with said medicament.
  • next step (IIIb) determining the level of expression of at least one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7 and IFI6 genes, and optionally of STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes in at least one other biological sample of the tested subject. Such at least one other sample should be obtained after the initiation of the specific treatment.
  • step (IIIc) calculating the rate of change between the expression value obtained in step (IIIa), and the expression value obtained in step (IIIb), thereby obtaining the rate of change in the sample RC samp , in response to such treatment.
  • next step (IId) providing a standard curve, specifically, predetermined standard curve of the rate of change in the expression of at least one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7 and IFI6 genes, and optionally of STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes in subjects suffering from the same disorder that were treated with the same medicament.
  • a standard curve specifically, predetermined standard curve of the rate of change in the expression of at least one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7
  • step (IIe) obtaining a maximal rate of change value RC max and a minimal rate of change value RC min from the standard curve, specifically, predetermined standard curve of (IId);
  • an essential step in the method of the invention is the determination of the expression level of several specific marker genes provided herein.
  • these marker genes include at least one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7 and IFI6 or any combinations thereof.
  • the methods of the invention may further use the STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes and any combinations thereof with any of the marker genes of the invention.
  • the method of the invention may use at least one, at least two, at least three, at least four, at least five, at least six, at least seven, at least eight, at least nine, at least ten, at least eleven, at least twelve, at least thirteen, at least fourteen, at least fifteen, at least sixteen, at least seventeen, at least eighteen, at least nineteen, at least twenty, at least twenty one, at least twenty two, at least twenty three, at least twenty four, at least twenty five or at least twenty six of said marker genes, specifically of any one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7, IFI6, STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes and any combinations thereof.
  • the methods of the invention may use 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 and 26 or more or any combination of the marker genes of the invention.
  • the methods and kits of the invention may use any of the marker genes of the invention with any combination thereof with additional 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90
  • the method and kits of the invention may use the marker genes provided herein, ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7, IFI6, STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes and any combination thereof.
  • ISG15 ubiquitin-like modifier (ISG15) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_005101; SEQ ID NO: 1) encodes the ISG15 protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_005092.1; SEQ ID NO: 2).
  • ISG15 is reported to be an ubiquitin-like protein that is conjugated to intracellular target proteins after IFN-alpha or IFN-beta stimulation. Its enzymatic pathway is partially distinct from that of ubiquitin, differing in substrate specificity and interaction with ligating enzymes. ISG15 conjugation pathway uses a dedicated E1 enzyme, but seems to converge with the ubiquitin conjugation pathway at the level of a specific E2 enzyme.
  • Targets include STAT1, SERPINA3G/SPI2A, JAK1, MAPK3/ERK1, PLCG1, EIF2AK2/PKR, MX1/MxA, and RIG-1. It undergoes deconjugation by USP18/UBP43. It shows specific chemotactic activity towards neutrophils and activates them to induce release of eosinophil chemotactic factors. It was suggested to serve as a trans-acting binding factor directing the association of ligated target proteins to intermediate filaments.
  • Interferon-induced protein with tetratricopeptide repeats 1 (IFIT1) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_001548; SEQ ID NO: 3) encodes the IRF1 protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_001539; SEQ ID NO: 4).
  • Interferon-induced protein with tetratricopeptide repeats 2 (IFIT2) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_001547; SEQ ID NO: 5) encodes the IFIT2 protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_001538; SEQ ID NO: 6).
  • Interferon-induced protein with tetratricopeptide repeats 3 (IFIT3) gene (GenBank Accession Nos. NM_001031683; SEQ ID NO: 7, NM_001549; SEQ ID NO: 9) encodes the IFIT3 protein (GenBank Accession Nos. NP_001026853; SEQ ID NO: 8, NP_001540; SEQ ID NO: 10).
  • Interferon-induced protein with tetratricopeptide repeats 5 (IFIT5) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_012420; SEQ ID NO: 11) encodes the IFIT5 protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_036552; SEQ ID NO: 12).
  • OAS1 2′-5′-oligoadenylate synthetase 1 (OAS1) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_016816 SEQ ID NO:13, NM_002534 SEQ ID NO:15, NM_001032409 SEQ ID NO:17) encodes the OAS1 protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_058132 SEQ ID NO:14, NP_002525 SEQ ID NO:16, NP_001027581 SEQ ID NO:18).
  • OAS1 encodes a member of the 2-5A synthetase family, essential proteins involved in the innate immune response to viral infection.
  • OAS2 2′-5′-oligoadenylate synthetase 2 (OAS2) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_016817 SEQ ID NO:19, NM_002535 SEQ ID NO:21, NM_001032731 SEQ ID NO:23) encodes the OAS2 protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_058197 SEQ ID NO:20, NP_002526 SEQ ID NO:22, NP_001027903 SEQ ID NO:24).
  • OAS3 2′-5′-oligoadenylate synthetase 3 (OAS3) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_006187 SEQ ID NO:25) encodes the OAS3 protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_006178.2 SEQ ID NO:26).
  • OAS3 may play a role in mediating resistance to virus infection, control of cell growth, differentiation, and apoptosis.
  • OAS3 synthesizes preferentially dimeric 2′, 5′-oligoadenylate molecules.
  • GTP can be an alternative substrate.
  • OASL 2′-5′-oligoadenylate synthetase-like (OASL) gene
  • OASL 2′-5′-oligoadenylate synthetase-like gene
  • E3 ubiquitin protein ligase 5 (HERC5) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_016323; SEQ ID NO: 31) encodes the HERC5 protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_057407 SEQ ID NO: 32).
  • HERC5 gene is a member of the HERC family of ubiquitin ligases and encodes a protein with a HECT domain and five RCC1 repeats. Pro-inflammatory cytokines up regulate expression of this gene in endothelial cells.
  • the HERC5 protein localizes to the cytoplasm and perinuclear region and functions as an interferon-induced E3 protein ligase that mediates ISGylation of protein targets.
  • Ubiquitin specific peptidase 18 (USP18) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_017414; SEQ ID NO: 33) encodes the USP18 protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_059110 SEQ ID NO: 34).
  • the protein encoded by this gene belongs to the ubiquitin-specific proteases (UBP) family of enzymes that cleave ubiquitin from ubiquitinated protein substrates. It is highly expressed in liver and thymus, and is localized to the nucleus.
  • UBP ubiquitin-specific proteases
  • USP18 protein efficiently cleaves only ISG15 (a ubiquitin-like protein) fusions, and deletion of this gene in mice results in a massive increase of ISG15 conjugates in tissues, indicating that this protein is a major ISG15-specific protease. Mice lacking this gene are also hypersensitive to interferon, suggesting a function of this protein in downregulating interferon responses, independent of its isopeptidase activity towards ISG15. USP18 can efficiently cleave only ISG15 fusions including native ISG15 conjugates linked via isopeptide bonds. Necessary to maintain a critical cellular balance of ISG15-conjugated proteins in both healthy and stressed organisms.
  • Radical S-adenosyl methionine domain containing 2 (RSAD2) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_080657; SEQ ID NO: 35) encodes the RSAD2 protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_542388; SEQ ID NO: 36).
  • RSAD2 is reported to be involved in antiviral defense. It was suggested to impair virus budding by disrupting lipid rafts at the plasma membrane, a feature which is essential for the budding process of many viruses. In addition, it was reported to act through binding with and inactivating FPPS, an enzyme involved in synthesis of cholesterol, farnesylated and geranylated proteins, ubiquinones dolichol and heme.
  • Myxovirus (influenza virus) resistance 1 (MX) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_002462 SEQ ID NO:37, NM_001178046 SEQ ID NO:39, NM_001144925 SEQ ID NO:41) encodes the MX1 protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_002453 SEQ ID NO:38, NP_001171517 SEQ ID NO:40, NP_001138397 SEQ ID NO:42).
  • the interferon-inducible Mx protein is responsible for a specific antiviral state against influenza virus infection.
  • the protein encoded by this gene is similar to the mouse protein as determined by its antigenic relatedness, induction conditions, physicochemical properties, and amino acid analysis.
  • This cytoplasmic protein is a member of both the dynamin family and the family of large GTPases. Two transcript variants encoding the same protein have been found for this gene. MX1 may regulate the calcium channel activity of TRPCs. Ring-like assemblies may induce membrane tabulation.
  • Interferon-inducedprotein 44-like (IFI44L) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_006820.3; SEQ ID NO: 43) encodes the IFI44L protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_006811; SEQ ID NO: 44) that belongs to the IFI44 family of proteins is located in the cytoplasm and exhibits a low antiviral activity against hepatitis C. The expression of the protein is induced by type I interferon.
  • DEAD boxpolypeptide 58 (DDX58) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_014314; SEQ ID NO: 45) encodes the DDX58 protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_055129; SEQ ID NO: 46).
  • DEAD box proteins characterized by the conserved motif Asp-Glu-Ala-Asp (DEAD), are putative RNA helicases which are implicated in a number of cellular processes involving RNA binding and alteration of RNA secondary structure. This gene encodes a protein containing RNA helicase-DEAD box protein motifs and a caspase recruitment domain (CARD).
  • RNA recognition and the regulation of immune response It is involved in viral double-stranded (ds) RNA recognition and the regulation of immune response. It is an innate immune receptor which acts as a cytoplasmic sensor of viral nucleic acids and plays a major role in sensing viral infection and in the activation of a cascade of antiviral responses including the induction of type I interferons and pro-inflammatory cytokines.
  • MAVS/IPS1 mitochondria antiviral signaling protein
  • IRF3 and IRF7 which in turn activate transcription of antiviral immunological genes, including interferons (IFNs); IFN-alpha and IFN-beta.
  • RNA viruses including members of the families Paramyxoviridae: Human respiratory synctial virus and measles virus (MeV), Rhabdoviridae: vesicular stomatitis virus (VSV), Orthomyxoviridae: influenza A and B virus, Flaviviridae: Japanese encephalitis virus (JEV), hepatitis C virus (HCV), dengue virus (DENV) and west Nile virus (WNV).
  • Paramyxoviridae Human respiratory synctial virus and measles virus (MeV)
  • Rhabdoviridae vesicular stomatitis virus (VSV)
  • Orthomyxoviridae influenza A and B virus
  • Flaviviridae Japanese encephalitis virus (JEV), hepatitis C virus (HCV), dengue virus (DENV) and west Nile virus (WNV).
  • UBE1L E1-like ubiquitin-activating enzyme (UBE1L) gene (GenBank Accession No. AF294032; SEQ ID NO: 79) encodes the UBE1L protein (GenBank Accession No. AAG49557; SEQ ID NO: 80).
  • UBE1L is the E1-like ubiquitin-activating enzyme for the IFN-stimulated gene, 15-kDa protein (ISG15).
  • Interferon alpha-inducible protein 27 (IFI27) gene (GenBank Accession Nos. NM_001130080 and NM_005532; SEQ ID NOs: 85, 87, respectively) encodes the IFI27 protein (GenBank Accession Nos. NP_001123552 and NP_005523; SEQ ID NOs: 86, 88, respectively).
  • the IFI27 protein was reported to promote cell death and mediate IFN-induced apoptosis characterized by a rapid and robust release of cytochrome C from the mitochondria and activation of BAX and caspases 2, 3, 6, 8 and 9.
  • IFIH1 Interferon induced with helicase C domain 1 (IFIH1) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_022168 SEQ ID NO: 89) encodes the IFIH1 protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_071451 SEQ ID NO: 90).
  • IFIH1 is an innate immune receptor which acts as a cytoplasmic sensor of viral nucleic acids and plays a major role in sensing viral infection and in the activation of a cascade of antiviral responses including the induction of type I interferons and proinflammatory cytokines. Its ligands include mRNA lacking 2′-O-methylation at their 5′ cap and long-dsRNA (>1 kb in length). Upon ligand binding it associates with mitochondria antiviral signaling protein (MAVS/IPS1) which activates the IKK-related kinases.
  • MAVS/IPS1 mitochondria antiviral signaling protein
  • TLR-7 Toll-like receptor 7 (TLR-7) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_016562 SEQ ID NO: 91) encodes the TLR-7 protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_057646 SEQ ID NO: 92).
  • the protein encoded by this gene is a member of the Toll-like receptor (TLR) family which plays a fundamental role in pathogen recognition and activation of innate immunity.
  • TLRs are highly conserved from Drosophila to humans and share structural and functional similarities. They recognize pathogen-associated molecular patterns (PAMPs) that are expressed on infectious agents, and mediate the production of cytokines necessary for the development of effective immunity.
  • PAMPs pathogen-associated molecular patterns
  • the various TLRs exhibit different patterns of expression. This gene is predominantly expressed in lung, placenta, and spleen, and lies in close proximity to another family member, TLR8, on chromosome X.
  • Interferon, alpha-inducible protein 6 (IFI6) gene (GenBank Accession Nos. NM_022873, SEQ ID NO:97; NM_022872, SEQ ID NO:99; NM_002038, SEQ ID NO:101) encodes the IFI6 protein (GenBank Accession Nos. NP_075011, SEQ ID NO:98; NP_075010, SEQ ID NO:100; NP_002029, SEQ ID NO:102).
  • IFI6 gene was first identified as one of the many genes induced by interferon. The encoded IFI6 protein may play a critical role in the regulation of apoptosis.
  • the methods, kits and compositions of the invention may further include detecting molecules for the STAT1 gene.
  • Signal transducer and activator of transcription 1 (STAT) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_007315 SEQ ID NO:103, NM_139266 SEQ ID NO:104) encodes the STAT1 protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_009330 SEQ ID NO:105, NP 644671 SEQ ID NO: 106).
  • STAT Signal transducer and transcription activator that mediates cellular responses to interferons (IFNs), cytokine KITLG/SCF and other cytokines and growth factors.
  • Interferon-induced protein 44 (IFI44) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_006417; SEQ ID NO: 107) encodes the IFI44 protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_006408; SEQ ID NO: 108), that was reported to aggregate to form microtubular structures.
  • EIF2AK2 eukaryotic translation initiation factor 2-alpha kinase 2 (EIF2AK2) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_002759.1; SEQ ID NO: 109) encodes the EIF2AK2 protein (GenBank Accession No. NC_000002.11; SEQ ID NO: 110).
  • the protein encoded by this gene is a serine/threonine protein kinase that is activated by autophosphorylation after binding to dsRNA.
  • the activated form of the encoded protein can phosphorylate translation initiation factor EIF2S1, which in turn inhibits protein synthesis.
  • This protein is also activated by manganese ions and heparin.
  • Three transcript variants encoding two different isoforms have been found for this gene.
  • DHX58 DHX58 (DEXH (Asp-Glu-X-His) box polypeptide 58), gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_024119; SEQ ID NO: 111) encodes the DHX58 protein (GenBank Accession No. NC_000017.10; SEQ ID NO: 112).
  • DHX58 acts as a regulator of DDX58/RIG-I and IFIH1/MDA5 mediated antiviral signaling. Cannot initiateantiviral signaling as it lacks the CARD domain required for activating MAVS/IPS1-dependent signaling
  • level of expression or “expression level” are used interchangeably and generally refer to a numerical representation of the amount (quantity) of a polynucleotide which encodes an amino acid product or protein in a biological sample.
  • “Expression” generally refers to the process by which gene-encoded information is converted into the structures present and operating in the cell.
  • biomarker gene expression values measured in Real-Time Polymerase Chain Reaction sometimes also referred to as RT-PCR or quantitative PCR (qPCR)
  • RT-PCR Real-Time Polymerase Chain Reaction
  • qPCR quantitative PCR
  • the luminosity is captured by a detector that converts the signal intensity into a numerical representation which is said expression value, in terms of miRNA.
  • a gene encoding the biomarker genes of the invention may refer to transcription into a polynucleotide. Fragments of the transcribed polynucleotide, the translated protein, or the post-translationally modified protein shall also be regarded as expressed whether they originate from a transcript generated by alternative splicing or a degraded transcript, or from a post-translational processing of the protein, e.g., by proteolysis. Methods for determining the level of expression of the biomarkers of the invention will be described in more detail herein after.
  • the step of determining the level of expression to obtain an expression value by the method of the invention further comprises an additional and optional step of normalization.
  • the level of expression of at least one suitable control reference gene e.g., housekeeping genes
  • the expression level of the biomarkers of the invention obtained in step (a) is normalized according to the expression level of said at least one reference control gene obtained in the additional optional step in said test sample, thereby obtaining a normalized expression value.
  • similar normalization is performed also in at least one control sample or a representing standard when applicable.
  • expression value thus refers to the result of a calculation, that uses as an input the “level of expression” or “expression level” obtained experimentally and by normalizing the “level of expression” or “expression level” by at least one normalization step as detailed herein, the calculated value termed herein “expression value” is obtained.
  • normalized values are the quotient of raw expression values of marker genes, divided by the expression value of a control reference gene from the same sample, such as a stably-expressed housekeeping control gene. Any assayed sample may contain more or less biological material than is intended, due to human error and equipment failures. Importantly, the same error or deviation applies to both the marker genes of the invention and to the control reference gene, whose expression is essentially constant. Thus, division of the marker gene raw expression value by the control reference gene raw expression value yields a quotient which is essentially free from any technical failures or inaccuracies (except for major errors which destroy the sample for testing purposes) and constitutes a normalized expression value of said marker gene. This normalized expression value may then be compared with normalized cutoff values, i.e., cutoff values calculated from normalized expression values.
  • the control reference gene may be a gene that maintains stable in all samples analyzed in the microarray analysis.
  • normalized biomarker genes expression level values that are higher (positive) or lower (negative) in comparison with a corresponding predetermined standard expression value or a cut-off value in a control sample predict to which population of patients the tested sample belongs.
  • an important step in determining the expression level is to examine whether the normalized expression value of any one of the biomarker genes of the tested sample is within the range of the expression value of a standard population or a cutoff value for such population.
  • comparing denotes any examination of the expression level and/or expression values obtained in the samples of the invention as detailed throughout in order to discover similarities or differences between at least two different samples. It should be noted that comparing according to the present invention encompasses the possibility to use a computer based approach.
  • cutoff value is a value that meets the requirements for both high diagnostic sensitivity (true positive rate) and high diagnostic specificity (true negative rate).
  • sensitivity and “specificity” are used herein with respect to the ability of one or more markers, to correctly classify a sample as belonging to a pre-established population associated with responsiveness to treatment with a certain medicament.
  • a control sample may be used (instead of, or in addition to, pre-determined cutoff values). Accordingly, the normalized expression values of the biomarker genes used by the invention in the test sample are compared to the expression values in the control sample.
  • such control sample may be obtained from at least one of a healthy subject, a subject suffering from the same pathologic disorder, a subject that responds to treatment with said medicament and a non-responder subject.
  • response or “responsiveness” to a certain treatment refers to an improvement in at least one relevant clinical parameter as compared to an untreated subject diagnosed with the same pathology (e.g., the same type, stage, degree and/or classification of the pathology), or as compared to the clinical parameters of the same subject prior to interferon treatment with said medicament.
  • pathology e.g., the same type, stage, degree and/or classification of the pathology
  • non responder to treatment with a specific medicament, refers to a patient not experiencing an improvement in at least one of the clinical parameter and is diagnosed with the same condition as an untreated subject diagnosed with the same pathology (e.g., the same type, stage, degree and/or classification of the pathology), or experiencing the clinical parameters of the same subject prior to treatment with the specific medicament.
  • pathology e.g., the same type, stage, degree and/or classification of the pathology
  • At least two samples may be obtained from the subjects. These samples should be obtained from different time points, before and after the treatment, and therefore may be considered as “temporally separated samples”.
  • at least two “temporally-separated” test samples in order to asses response and determine the rate of change in the expression of the marker genes of the invention upon treatment with a specific medicament, at least two “temporally-separated” test samples must be collected from the treated patient and compared thereafter in order to obtain the rate of expression change in the biomarker genes.
  • at least two “temporally-separated” test samples and preferably more must be collected from the patient.
  • the expression of at least one of the markers is then determined using the method of the invention, applied for each sample.
  • the rate of change in marker expression is calculated by determining the ratio between the two expression values, obtained from the same patient in different time-points or time intervals.
  • This period of time also referred to as “time interval”, or the difference between time points (wherein each time point is the time when a specific sample was collected) may be any period deemed appropriate by medical staff and modified as needed according to the specific requirements of the patient and the clinical state he or she may be in.
  • this interval may be at least one day, at least three days, at least three days, at least one week, at least two weeks, at least three weeks, at least one month, at least two months, at least three months, at least four months, at least five months, at least one year, or even more.
  • the first time point is at any time before initiation of treatment, ideally several minutes before initiation of treatment.
  • any time point before initiation of the treatment including hours, days, weeks, months or years, may be useful for this method and is therefore encompassed by the invention.
  • the second time point is collected from the same patient after hours, days, weeks, months or even years after initiation of treatment.
  • the second time point is obtained between 1 hour to 24 month after initiation of the treatment. In some other embodiments, the second time point is between 1 hour to 6 hours after initiation of the treatment. In yet some other embodiments, the second time point is between 1 month to 3 month after initiation of the treatment.
  • test samples before and after treatment
  • the expression level of the genes is then determined using the method of the invention, applied for each sample.
  • the expression value is obtained from the experimental expression level.
  • the rate of change of each biomarker expression namely at least one of the genes indicated by the invention, is then calculated and determined by dividing the two expression values obtained from the same patient in different time-points or time intervals one by the other.
  • the term “before treatment” may also encompass samples that are obtained from a treated subject, between two treatments. More specifically, in cases wherein the interval between treatments is once a day, a week, a month, a year or every several days, months or years, “before treatment” may be obtained right before the next treatment. The second “after treatment” sample may be taken after several hours or days of the treatment as indicated above.
  • the rate of change is referred as the ratio obtained when dividing the expression value obtained at the later time point of the time interval by the expression value obtained at the earlier time point (for example before initiation of treatment).
  • this interval may be at least one day, at least three days, at least three days, at least one week, at least two weeks, at least three weeks, at least one month, at least two months, at least three months, at least four months, at least five months, at least one year, or even more.
  • the second point is obtained at the earlier time point that can provide valuable information regarding assessing response of the patient to interferon treatment or to treatment with any other drug, medicament or any other combination of drugs or medicaments.
  • the rate of change in the expression value of the different marker genes of the invention may reflect either reduction or elevation of expression. More specifically, “reduction” or “down-regulation” of the marker genes as a result of interferon treatment includes any “decrease”, “inhibition”, “moderation”, “elimination” or “attenuation” in the expression of said genes and relate to the retardation, restraining or reduction of the biomarker genes expression or levels by any one of about 1% to 99.9%, specifically, about 1% to about 5%, about 5% to 10%, about 10% to 15%, about 15% to 20%, about 20% to 25%, about 25% to 30%, about 30% to 35%, about 35% to 40%, about 40% to 45%, about 45% to 50%, about 50% to 55%, about 55% to 60%, about 60% to 65%, about 65% to 70%, about 75% to 80%, about 80% to 85% about 85% to 90%, about 90% to 95%, about 95% to 99%, or about 99% to 99.9%.
  • “up-regulation” of any one of the biomarker genes as a result of interferon or any other drug treatment includes any “increase”, “elevation”, “enhancement” or “elevation” in the expression of said genes and relate to the enhancement and increase of at least one of the biomarker genes expression or levels by any one of about 1% to 99.9%, specifically, about 1% to about 5%, about 5% to 10%, about 10% to 15%, about 15% to 20%, about 20% to 25%, about 25% to 30%, about 30% to 35%, about 35% to 40%, about 40% to 45%, about 45% to 50%, about 50% to 55%, about 55% to 60%, about 60% to 65%, about 65% to 70%, about 75% to 80%, about 80% to 85% about 85% to 90%, about 90% to 95%, about 95% to 99%, or about 99% to 99.9%.
  • a predetermined rate of change calculated for a pre-established population as detailed above for example encompasses a range for the rate of change having a low value and a high value, as obtained from a population of individuals including healthy controls, responders and non-responders to said medicament.
  • a subgroup of responsive patients can be obtained from the entire tested population.
  • the low value may be characterized by a low response whereas the high value may be associated with a high response as indicated by regular clinical evaluation. Therefore, in addition to assessing responsiveness to treatment, the rate of change may provide insight into the degree of responsiveness.
  • a calculated rate of change that is closer in its value to the low value may be indicative of a low response and thus although the patient is considered responsive, increasing dosing or frequency of administration may be considered.
  • a calculated rate of change that is closer in its value to the high value may be indicative of a high response, even at times leading to remission and thus lowering the administration dosage may be considered.
  • Another embodiment of the method of the invention defines the step of calculating the value of M1, the optimal threshold required for successful elimination of the pathologic disorder.
  • this optimal M1 value may be determined using two alternative approaches:
  • determination of the M1 value may be performed by the steps of:
  • the K value reflects the severity of the disorder.
  • the K value may be the multiplicity rate of such virus, in other words, the pathogen growth rate.
  • Methods for obtaining the multiplicity rate of a virus are described for example in Ruy M. Ribeiro et al., PLOS Pathogens 8 (8):e1002881 (2012); Deborah Cromer et al., Journal of Virology 87: 3376-3381 (2013); Ying Fang et al., J. Virol. Methods. 173(2): 251-258 (2011) and Stiffler J D, et al. PLoS ONE 4(8): e6661. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0006661 (2009).
  • next step (Ib) involves calculating the M1 using the formula, wherein M1>1-(1/k), thereby determining the M1 value.
  • Another alternative approach for determining the M1 value may involve the use of standard curve, specifically, predetermined standard curve of a responder population thereby calculating for such curve, the optimal M1 value.
  • the method of the invention may be specifically practiced using 4 or 5 marker genes. More specifically, in some embodiments, the method of the invention may use the expression value of OAS2, HERC5, UPS18, UBE216 and optionally of ISG15 genes. In some embodiments, the method of the invention may use OAS2, HERC5, UPS18 and UBE216 as markers for calculating M. In yet further embodiments, the method of the invention may use OAS2, HERC5, UPS18, UBE216 and ISG15 genes.
  • the method of the invention may be specifically suitable for determining and optimizing a personalized interferon treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder.
  • interferon treatment refers to a synthetic, recombinant or purified interferon, and encompasses interferon type I that binds to the cell surface receptor complex IFN- ⁇ receptor (IFNAR) consisting of IFNAR and IFNAR2 chains; interferon type II that binds to the IFNGR receptor; and interferon type III, that binds to a receptor complex consisting of IL10R2 (also called CRF2-4) and IFNLR1 (also called CRF2-12).
  • IFNAR cell surface receptor complex IFN- ⁇ receptor
  • IFNAR interferon type II that binds to the IFNGR receptor
  • interferon type III that binds to a receptor complex consisting of IL10R2 (also called CRF2-4) and IFNLR1 (also called CRF2-12).
  • Interferon type I in human includes interferon alpha 1 (GenBank Accession No. NM_024013 and NP_076918; SEQ ID NOs: 47 and 48 respectively), interferon alpha 2 (GenBank Accession No. NM_000605 and NP_000596; SEQ ID NO: 49 and 50, respectively), Interferon alpha-4 (GenBank Accession No. NM_021068 and NP_066546; SEQ ID NO: 51 and 52, respectively), Interferon alpha-5 (GenBank Accession No. NM_002169 and NP_002160; SEQ ID NO: 53 and 54, respectively), Interferon alpha-6 (GenBank Accession No.
  • NM_021002 and NP_066282 SEQ ID NO: 55 and 56, respectively
  • Interferon alpha-7 GenBank Accession No. NM_021057 and NP_066401; SEQ ID NO: 57 and 58, respectively
  • Interferon alpha-8 GenBank Accession No. NM_002170 and NP_002161; SEQ ID NO: 59 and 60, respectively
  • Interferon alpha-10 GenBank Accession No. NM_002171 and NP_002162; SEQ ID NO: 61 and 62, respectively
  • Interferon alpha-1/13 GenBank Accession No.
  • NM_002175 and NP_002166 SEQ ID NO: 71 and 72, respectively
  • Interferon, beta 1 GenBank Accession No. NM_002176 and NP_002167; SEQ ID NO: 73 and 74, respectively
  • Interferon omega-1 GenBank Accession No. NM_002177 and NP_002168; SEQ ID NOs: 75 and 76 respectively.
  • Interferon type II in humans is Interferon-gamma (GenBank Accession No. NM_000619 and NP_000610; SEQ ID NOs: 77 and 78 respectively).
  • interferon treatment refers to administration of interferon into a subject in need thereof. It should be noted that administration of interferon may comprise a single or multiple dosages, as well as a continuous administration, depending on the pathology to be treated and a clinical assessment of the subject receiving the treatment.
  • interferon administration Various modes of interferon administration are known in the art. These include, but are not limited to, injection (e.g., using a subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, or intradermal injection), intranasal administration and oral administration.
  • interferon treatment is provided to the subject in doses matching his weight, at a frequency of once a week, for a period of up to 48 weeks.
  • Non-limiting examples of interferon treatment and representative diseases includes the following interferon beta-la (multiple sclerosis), interferon beta-Ib (multiple sclerosis), recombinant IFN- ⁇ 2b (various cancers).
  • interferon alfa-2a treatment is known as Roferon.
  • Interferon alpha 2b treatment is by Intron A or Reliferon or Uniferon.
  • Interferon beta-1a is sold under the trade names Avonex and Rebif. CinnaGen is a biosimilar compound.
  • Interferon beta-1b is sold under trade names Betaferon, Betaseron, Extavia and ZIFERON.
  • Interferon treatment may comprise PEGylated interferon i.e., conjugated to a polyethylene glycol (PEG) polymer.
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • the interferon treatment can also comprise a combination of interferon and ribavirin.
  • interferon and ribavirin PEGylated interferon alpha 2b plus ribavirin is sold under the trade name Pegetron.
  • determining the level of expression of at least one of said ISG15, IFIT1-5, OAS1-3L, HERC5, USP18, IFIT2, RSAD2, ISIT1, MX1, IFIT3, IFI44L, OASL, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, DIX5B, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7 and IFI6 genes, and optionally of STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes in a biological sample of the tested subject in order to calculate the specific M value of the individual as described herein above, may be performed by the step of contacting detecting molecules specific for said genes with a biological sample of said subject, or with any nucleic acid or protein product obtained therefrom.
  • contacting means to bring, put, incubate or mix together. As such, a first item is contacted with a second item when the two items are brought or put together, e.g., by touching them to each other or combining them.
  • the term “contacting” includes all measures or steps which allow interaction between the at least one of the detection molecules for the biomarker genes and optionally one suitable control reference gene and the nucleic acid or amino acid molecules of the tested sample.
  • the contacting is performed in a manner so that the at least one of detecting molecule of the genes and at least one suitable control reference gene can interact with or bind to the nucleic acid molecules or alternatively, a protein product of the at least one biomarker gene, in the tested sample.
  • the binding will preferably be non-covalent, reversible binding, e.g., binding via salt bridges, hydrogen bonds, hydrophobic interactions or a combination thereof.
  • the detection step further involves detecting a signal from the detecting molecules that correlates with the expression level of said genes or any product thereof in the sample from the subject, by a suitable means.
  • the signal detected from the sample by any one of the experimental methods detailed herein below reflects the expression level of said genes or product thereof.
  • Such signal-to-expression level data may be calculated and derived from a calibration curve.
  • the method of the invention may optionally further involve the use of a calibration curve created by detecting a signal for each one of increasing pre-determined concentrations of said genes or product. Obtaining such a calibration curve may be indicative to evaluate the range at which the expression levels correlate linearly with the concentrations of said genes or product.
  • the calibration curve should be evaluated in order to rule out the possibility that the measured expression level is not exhibiting a saturation type curve, namely a range at which increasing concentrations exhibit the same signal.
  • the detecting molecules used by the method of the invention for determining the expression level of the marker genes may be selected from isolated detecting nucleic acid molecules and isolated detecting amino acid molecules.
  • the method of the invention may use nucleic acid detecting molecules that may comprise isolated oligonucleotide/s, each oligonucleotide specifically hybridizes to a nucleic acid sequence of said at least one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7 and IFI6 genes (optionally further of STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes) and optionally, to a control reference gene.
  • nucleic acid detecting molecules may comprise isolated oligonucleotide/s, each oligonucleotide specifically hybridizes to a nucleic acid sequence of said at least one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL,
  • such detecting molecule may be at least one of, a pair of primers, at least one primer and/or nucleotide probe/s or any combination thereof. It should be noted that in some embodiments, each of said oligonucleotides is specifically directed against a specific marker gene or against a specific control gene (e.g., house keeping genes).
  • nucleic acid molecules or “nucleic acid sequence” are interchangeable with the term “polynucleotide(s)” and it generally refers to any polyribonucleotide or poly-deoxyribonucleotide, which may be unmodified RNA or DNA or modified RNA or DNA or any combination thereof.
  • Nucleic acids include, without limitation, single- and double-stranded nucleic acids.
  • nucleic acid(s) also includes DNAs or RNAs as described above that contain one or more modified bases. Thus, DNAs or RNAs with backbones modified for stability or for other reasons are “nucleic acids”.
  • nucleic acids as it is used herein embraces such chemically, enzymatically or metabolically modified forms of nucleic acids, as well as the chemical forms of DNA and RNA characteristic of viruses and cells, including for example, simple and complex cells.
  • a “nucleic acid” or “nucleic acid sequence” may also include regions of single- or double-stranded RNA or DNA or any combinations.
  • oligonucleotide is defined as a molecule comprised of two or more deoxyribonucleotides and/or ribonucleotides, and preferably more than three. Its exact size will depend upon many factors which in turn, depend upon the ultimate function and use of the oligonucleotide.
  • the oligonucleotides may be from about 3 to about 1,000 nucleotides long.
  • oligonucleotides of 5 to 100 nucleotides are useful in the invention, preferred oligonucleotides range from about 5 to about 15 bases in length, from about 5 to about 20 bases in length, from about 5 to about 25 bases in length, from about 5 to about 30 bases in length, from about 5 to about 40 bases in length or from about 5 to about 50 bases in length. More specifically, the detecting oligonucleotides molecule used by the composition of the invention may comprise any one of 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 bases in length.
  • oligonucleotide refers to a single stranded or double stranded oligomer or polymer of ribonucleic acid (RNA) or deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) or mimetics thereof. This term includes oligonucleotides composed of naturally-occurring bases, sugars and covalent internucleoside linkages (e.g., backbone) as well as oligonucleotides having non-naturally-occurring portions which function similarly.
  • the detecting molecules used are nucleic acid based molecules, specifically, oligonucleotides.
  • the oligonucleotides used in here specifically hybridize to nucleic acid sequences of the biomarker genes of the invention.
  • the method of the invention may use as detecting molecules oligonucleotides that specifically hybridize to a nucleic acid sequence of said at least one of the genes.
  • hybridize refers to a process where two complementary nucleic acid strands anneal to each other under appropriately stringent conditions. Hybridizations are typically and preferably conducted with probe-length nucleic acid molecules, for example, 5-100 nucleotides in length, 5-50, 5-40, 5-30 or 5-20.
  • selective or specific hybridization in the context of this invention refers to a hybridization which occurs between a polynucleotide encompassed by the invention as detecting molecules, and the specific biomarker gene and/or any control reference gene, wherein the hybridization is such that the polynucleotide binds to the gene or any control reference gene preferentially to any other RNA in the tested sample.
  • a polynucleotide which “selectively hybridizes” is one which hybridizes with a selectivity of greater than 60 percent, greater than 70 percent, greater than 80 percent, greater than 90 percent and most preferably on 100 percent (i.e.
  • RNA species preferably occurs at less than 40 percent, less than 30 percent, less than 20 percent, less than 10 percent).
  • a detecting polynucleotide which “selectively hybridizes” to the biomarker genes or any control reference gene can be designed taking into account the length and composition.
  • the measuring of the expression of any one of the biomarker genes and any control reference gene or any combination thereof can be done by using those polynucleotides as detecting molecules, which are specific and/or selective for the biomarker genes of the invention to quantitate the expression of said biomarker genes or any control reference gene.
  • the polynucleotides which are specific and/or selective for said genes may be probes or a pair of primers.
  • compositions and kits of the invention may comprise, as an oligonucleotide-based detection molecule, both primers and probes.
  • primer refers to an oligonucleotide, whether occurring naturally as in a purified restriction digest, or produced synthetically, which is capable of acting as a point of initiation of synthesis when placed under conditions in which synthesis of a primer extension product, which is complementary to a nucleic acid strand, is induced, i.e., in the presence of nucleotides and an inducing agent such as a DNA polymerase and at a suitable temperature and pH.
  • the primer may be single-stranded or double-stranded and must be sufficiently long to prime the synthesis of the desired extension product in the presence of the inducing agent. The exact length of the primer will depend upon many factors, including temperature, source of primer and the method used.
  • the oligonucleotide primer typically contains 10-30 or more nucleotides, although it may contain fewer nucleotides. More specifically, the primer used by the methods, as well as the compositions and kits of the invention may comprise 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29 or 30 nucleotides or more. In certain embodiments, such primers may comprise 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 nucleotides or more. In specific embodiments, the primers used by the method of the invention may have a stem and loop structure. The factors involved in determining the appropriate length of primer are known to one of ordinary skill in the art and information regarding them is readily available.
  • probe means oligonucleotides and analogs thereof and refers to a range of chemical species that recognize polynucleotide target sequences through hydrogen bonding interactions with the nucleotide bases of the target sequences.
  • the probe or the target sequences may be single- or double-stranded RNA or single- or double-stranded DNA or a combination of DNA and RNA bases.
  • a probe is at least 5 or preferably, 8 nucleotides in length.
  • a probe may be 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29 and up to 30 nucleotides in length as long as it is less than the full length of the target marker gene.
  • Probes can include oligonucleotides modified so as to have a tag which is detectable by fluorescence, chemiluminescence and the like.
  • the probe can also be modified so as to have both a detectable tag and a quencher molecule, for example TaqMan® and Molecular Beacon® probes, that will be described in detail below.
  • RNA or DNA may be RNA or DNA, or analogs of RNA or DNA, commonly referred to as antisense oligomers or antisense oligonucleotides.
  • RNA or DNA analogs comprise, but are not limited to, 2-'0-alkyl sugar modifications, methylphosphonate, phosphorothiate, phosphorodithioate, formacetal, 3-thioformacetal, sulfone, sulfamate, and nitroxide backbone modifications, and analogs, for example, LNA analogs, wherein the base moieties have been modified.
  • analogs of oligomers may be polymers in which the sugar moiety has been modified or replaced by another suitable moiety, resulting in polymers which include, but are not limited to, morpholino analogs and peptide nucleic acid (PNA) analogs.
  • Probes may also be mixtures of any of the oligonucleotide analog types together or in combination with native DNA or RNA.
  • the oligonucleotides and analogs thereof may be used alone or in combination with one or more additional oligonucleotides or analogs thereof.
  • such oligonucleotides are any one of a pair of primers or nucleotide probes, and wherein the level of expression of at least one of the biomarker genes is determined using a nucleic acid amplification assay selected from the group consisting of: a Real-Time PCR, micro array, PCR, in situ hybridization and comparative genomic hybridization.
  • amplification assay refers to methods that increase the representation of a population of nucleic acid sequences in a sample.
  • Nucleic acid amplification methods such as PCR, isothermal methods, rolling circle methods, etc., are well known to the skilled artisan.
  • the term “amplified”, when applied to a nucleic acid sequence refers to a process whereby one or more copies of a particular nucleic acid sequence is generated from a template nucleic acid, preferably by the method of polymerase chain reaction.
  • PCR Polymerase chain reaction
  • PCR reaction involves a repetitive series of temperature cycles and is typically performed in a volume of 50-100 microliter.
  • the reaction mix comprises dNTPs (each of the four deoxynucleotides dATP, dCTP, dGTP, and dTTP), primers, buffers, DNA polymerase, and nucleic acid template.
  • the PCR reaction comprises providing a set of polynucleotide primers wherein a first primer contains a sequence complementary to a region in one strand of the nucleic acid template sequence and primes the synthesis of a complementary DNA strand, and a second primer contains a sequence complementary to a region in a second strand of the target nucleic acid sequence and primes the synthesis of a complementary DNA strand, and amplifying the nucleic acid template sequence employing a nucleic acid polymerase as a template-dependent polymerizing agent under conditions which are permissive for PCR cycling steps of (i) annealing of primers required for amplification to a target nucleic acid sequence contained within the template sequence, (ii) extending the primers wherein the nucleic acid polymerase synthesizes a primer extension product.
  • a set of polynucleotide primers”, “a set of PCR primers” or “pair of primers” can comprise two, three, four or more primers.
  • Real time nucleic acid amplification and detection methods are efficient for sequence identification and quantification of a target since no pre-hybridization amplification is required.
  • Amplification and hybridization are combined in a single step and can be performed in a fully automated, large-scale, closed-tube format.
  • hybridization-triggered fluorescent probes for real time PCR are based either on a quench-release fluorescence of a probe digested by DNA Polymerase (e.g., methods using TaqMan®, MGB-TaqMan®), or on a hybridization-triggered fluorescence of intact probes (e.g., molecular beacons, and linear probes).
  • the probes are designed to hybridize to an internal region of a PCR product during annealing stage (also referred to as amplicon).
  • the 5′-exonuclease activity of the approaching DNA Polymerase cleaves a probe between a fluorophore and a quencher, releasing fluorescence.
  • a “real time PCR” or “RT-PCT” assay provides dynamic fluorescence detection of amplified genes or any control reference gene produced in a PCR amplification reaction.
  • the amplified products created using suitable primers hybridize to probe nucleic acids (TaqMan® probe, for example), which may be labeled according to some embodiments with both a reporter dye and a quencher dye.
  • probe nucleic acids TaqMan® probe, for example
  • a reporter dye and a quencher dye When these two dyes are in close proximity, i.e. both are present in an intact probe oligonucleotide, the fluorescence of the reporter dye is suppressed.
  • a polymerase such as AmpliTaq GoldTM, having 5′-3′ nuclease activity can be provided in the PCR reaction.
  • This enzyme cleaves the fluorogenic probe if it is bound specifically to the target nucleic acid sequences between the priming sites.
  • the reporter dye and quencher dye are separated upon cleavage, permitting fluorescent detection of the reporter dye.
  • the fluorescent signal produced by the reporter dye is detected and/or quantified.
  • the increase in fluorescence is a direct consequence of amplification of target nucleic acids during PCR.
  • the method and hybridization assays using self-quenching fluorescence probes with and/or without internal controls for detection of nucleic acid application products are known in the art, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,258,569; 6,030,787; 5,952,202; 5,876,930; 5,866,336; 5,736,333; 5,723,591; 5,691,146; and 5,538,848.
  • QRT-PCR or “qPCR” which is quantitative in nature, can also be performed to provide a quantitative measure of gene expression levels.
  • QRT-PCR reverse transcription and PCR can be performed in two steps, or reverse transcription combined with PCR can be performed.
  • One of these techniques for which there are commercially available kits such as TaqMan® (Perkin Elmer, Foster City, Calif.), is performed with a transcript-specific antisense probe.
  • This probe is specific for the PCR product (e.g. a nucleic acid fragment derived from a gene, or in this case, from a pre-miRNA) and is prepared with a quencher and fluorescent reporter probe attached to the 5′ end of the oligonucleotide. Different fluorescent markers are attached to different reporters, allowing for measurement of at least two products in one reaction.
  • the PCR product e.g. a nucleic acid fragment derived from a gene, or in this case, from a pre-miRNA
  • Taq DNA polymerase When Taq DNA polymerase is activated, it cleaves off the fluorescent reporters of the probe bound to the template by virtue of its 5-to-3′ exonuclease activity. In the absence of the quenchers, the reporters now fluoresce. The color change in the reporters is proportional to the amount of each specific product and is measured by a fluorometer; therefore, the amount of each color is measured and the PCR product is quantified.
  • the PCR reactions can be performed in any solid support, for example, slides, microplates, 96 well plates, 384 well plates and the like so that samples derived from many individuals are processed and measured simultaneously.
  • the TaqMan® system has the additional advantage of not requiring gel electrophoresis and allows for quantification when used with a standard curve.
  • a second technique useful for detecting PCR products quantitatively without is to use an intercalating dye such as the commercially available QuantiTect SYBR Green PCR (Qiagen, Valencia Calif.).
  • RT-PCR is performed using SYBR green as a fluorescent label which is incorporated into the PCR product during the PCR stage and produces fluorescence proportional to the amount of PCR product.
  • Both TaqMan® and QuantiTect SYBR systems can be used subsequent to reverse transcription of RNA.
  • Reverse transcription can either be performed in the same reaction mixture as the PCR step (one-step protocol) or reverse transcription can be performed first prior to amplification utilizing PCR (two-step protocol).
  • Molecular Beacons® which uses a probe having a fluorescent molecule and a quencher molecule, the probe capable of forming a hairpin structure such that when in the hairpin form, the fluorescence molecule is quenched, and when hybridized, the fluorescence increases giving a quantitative measurement of gene expression.
  • the detecting molecule may be in the form of probe corresponding and thereby hybridizing to any region or part of the biomarker genes or any control reference gene. More particularly, it is important to choose regions which will permit hybridization to the target nucleic acids. Factors such as the Tm of the oligonucleotide, the percent GC content, the degree of secondary structure and the length of nucleic acid are important factors.
  • RNA transcript size can also be used to ascertain an RNA transcript size and the relative amounts of the biomarker genes or any control gene product, in accordance with conventional Northern hybridization techniques known to those persons of ordinary skill in the art.
  • the invention further contemplates the use of amino acid based molecules such as proteins or polypeptides as detecting molecules disclosed herein and would be known by a person skilled in the art to measure the protein products of the marker genes of the invention.
  • Techniques known to persons skilled in the art for example, techniques such as Western Blotting, Immunoprecipitation, ELISAs, protein microarray analysis, Flow cytometry and the like) can then be used to measure the level of protein products corresponding to the biomarker of the invention.
  • the measure of the level of expression of the protein products of the biomarker of the invention requires a protein, which specifically and/or selectively binds to the biomarker genes of the invention.
  • the detecting molecules of the invention may be amino acid based molecules that may be referred to as protein/s or polypeptide/s.
  • protein and “polypeptide” are used interchangeably to refer to a chain of amino acids linked together by peptide bonds.
  • a protein is composed of less than 200, less than 175, less than 150, less than 125, less than 100, less than 50, less than 45, less than 40, less than 35, less than 30, less than 25, less than 20, less than 15, less than 10, or less than 5 amino acids linked together by peptide bonds.
  • a protein is composed of at least 200, at least 250, at least 300, at least 350, at least 400, at least 450, at least 500 or more amino acids linked together by peptide bonds. It should be noted that peptide bond as described herein is a covalent amid bond formed between two amino acid residues.
  • the detecting amino acid molecules are isolated antibodies, with specific binding selectively to the proteins encoded by the biomarker genes as detailed above. Using these antibodies, the level of expression of proteins encoded by the genes may be determined using an immunoassay which is selected from the group consisting of FACS, a Western blot, an ELISA, a RIA, a slot blot, a dot blot, immunohistochemical assay and a radio-imaging assay.
  • an immunoassay which is selected from the group consisting of FACS, a Western blot, an ELISA, a RIA, a slot blot, a dot blot, immunohistochemical assay and a radio-imaging assay.
  • the method of the invention may use any sample.
  • sample may be any one of peripheral blood mononuclear cells and biopsies of organs or tissues.
  • any of the detecting molecules used by the methods, compositions and kits of the invention are isolated and purified. Still further, it must be understood that any of the detecting molecules (for example, primers and/or probes) or reagents used by the compositions, kits, arrays and in any step of the methods of the invention are non-naturally occurring products or compounds, As such, none of the detecting molecules of the invention are directed to naturally occurring compounds or products.
  • the sample examined by the method of the invention may be any one of peripheral blood mononuclear cells and biopsies of organs or tissues.
  • the method of the invention uses any appropriate biological sample.
  • biological sample in the present specification and claims is meant to include samples obtained from a mammal subject.
  • a biological sample may be for example, bone marrow, lymph fluid, blood cells, blood, serum, plasma, urine, sputum, saliva, faeces, semen, spinal fluid or CSF, the external secretions of the skin, respiratory, intestinal, and genitourinary tracts, tears, milk, any human organ or tissue, any sample obtained by lavage, optionally of the breast ducal system, plural effusion, sample of in vitro or ex vivo cell culture and cell culture constituents. More specific embodiments, the sample may be any one of peripheral blood mononuclear cells and biopsies of organs or tissues.
  • the sample is a cell sample.
  • the cell is a blood cell (e.g., white blood cells, macrophages, B- and T-lymphocytes, monocytes, neutrophiles, eosinophiles, and basophiles) which can be obtained using a syringe needle from a vein of the subject.
  • the cell may be isolated from the subject (e.g., for in vitro detection) or may optionally comprise a cell that has not been physically removed from the subject (e.g., in vivo detection).
  • the sample used by the method of the invention is a sample of peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs).
  • PBMCs peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • PBMCs peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • PBMCs can be isolated from whole blood samples using density gradient centrifugation procedures. Typically, anticoagulated whole blood is layered over the separating medium. At the end of the centrifugation step, the following layers are visually observed from top to bottom: plasma/platelets, PBMCs, separating medium and erythrocytes/granulocytes. The PBMC layer is then removed and washed to remove contaminants (e.g., red blood cells) prior to determining the expression level of the polynucleotide (s) bio-markers of the invention.
  • contaminants e.g., red blood cells
  • the sample may be a biopsy of human organs or tissue, specifically, liver biopsy.
  • the sample may be biopsies of organs or tissues.
  • the biopsies may be obtained by a surgical operation from an organ or tissue of interest, for example liver biopsy, cerebrospinal fluid (CSF), brain biopsy, skin biopsy.
  • CSF cerebrospinal fluid
  • brain biopsy skin biopsy.
  • biopsy refers to a medical test commonly performed by a surgeon or an interventional radiologist involving sampling of cells or tissues for examination. It is the medical removal of tissue from a living subject to determine the presence or extent of a disease. The tissue is generally examined under a microscope by a pathologist, and can also be analyzed chemically. When an entire lump or suspicious area is removed, the procedure is called an excisional biopsy. When only a sample of tissue is removed with preservation of the histological architecture of the tissue's cells, the procedure is called an incisional biopsy or core biopsy. When a sample of tissue or fluid is removed with a needle in such a way that cells are removed without preserving the histological architecture of the tissue cells, the procedure is called a needle aspiration biopsy.
  • the cell is a liver cell.
  • liver cells can be obtained by a liver biopsy (e.g., using a surgical tool or a needle). It should be noted that certain embodiments of the invention contemplate the use of different biological samples.
  • the method of the invention may be specifically suitable for optimizing personalized treatment regimen for a subject suffering from an immune-related disorder.
  • an “Immune-related disorder” is a condition that is associated with the immune system of a subject, either through activation or inhibition of the immune system, or that can be treated, prevented or diagnosed by targeting a certain component of the immune response in a subject, such as the adaptive or innate immune response.
  • the immune-related disorder may be any one of an infectious condition, autoimmune disease and a proliferative disorder.
  • the method of the invention may be applicable for determining the appropriate treatment regimen for a specific individual affected with any disorder, for example, any disorder caused by any pathogenic agent.
  • Pathogenic agents include prokaryotic microorganisms, lower eukaryotic microorganisms, complex eukaryotic organisms, viruses, fungi, prions, parasites, yeasts, toxins and venoms.
  • a prokaryotic microorganism includes bacteria such as Gram positive, Gram negative and Gram variable bacteria and intracellular bacteria.
  • bacteria contemplated herein include the species of the genera Treponema sp., Borrelia sp., Neisseria sp., Legionella sp., Bordetella sp., Escherichia sp., Salmonella sp., Shigella sp., Klebsiella sp., Yersinia sp., Vibrio sp., Hemophilus sp., Rickettsia sp., Chlamydia sp., Mycoplasma sp., Staphylococcus sp., Streptococcus sp., Bacillus sp., Clostridium sp., Corynebacterium sp., Proprionibacterium sp., Mycobacterium sp., Ureaplasma s
  • Particular species include Treponema pallidum, Borrelia burgdorferi, Neisseria gonorrhea, Neisseria meningitidis, Legionella pneumophila, Bordetella pertussis, Escherichia coli, Salmonella typhi, Salmonella typhimurium, Shigella dysenteriae, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Yersinia pestis, Vibrio cholerae, Hemophilus influenzae, Rickettsia rickettsii, Chlamydia trachomatis, Mycoplasma pneumoniae, Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus pyogenes, Bacillus anthracis, Clostridium botulinum, Clostridium tetani, Clostridium perfringens, Corynebacterium diphtheriae, Proprionibacterium acnes, Mycobacterium tuberculosis
  • a lower eukaryotic organism includes a yeast or fungus such as but not limited to Pneumocystis carinii, Candida albicans, Aspergillus, Histoplasma capsulatum, Blastomyces dermatitidis, Cryptococcus neoformans, Trichophyton and Microsporum.
  • yeast or fungus such as but not limited to Pneumocystis carinii, Candida albicans, Aspergillus, Histoplasma capsulatum, Blastomyces dermatitidis, Cryptococcus neoformans, Trichophyton and Microsporum.
  • a complex eukaryotic organism includes worms, insects, arachnids, nematodes, aemobe, Entamoeba histolytica, Giardia lamblia, Trichomonas vaginalis, Trypanosoma brucei gambiense, Trypanosoma cruzi, Balantidium coli, Toxoplasma gondii, Cryptosporidium or Leishmania.
  • fungi includes for example, fungi that cause diseases such as ringworm, histoplasmosis, blastomycosis, aspergillosis, cryptococcosis, sporotrichosis, coccidioidomycosis, paracoccidio-idoinycosis, and candidiasis.
  • parasite includes, but not limited to, infections caused by somatic tapeworms, blood flukes, tissue roundworms, ameba, and Plasmodium, Trypanosoma, Leishmania , and Toxoplasma species.
  • virus is used in its broadest sense to include viruses of the families adenoviruses, papovaviruses, herpesviruses: simplex, varicella-zoster, Epstein-Barr, CMV, pox viruses: smallpox, vaccinia, hepatitis B, rhinoviruses, hepatitis A, poliovirus, rubella virus, hepatitis C, arboviruses, rabies virus, influenza viruses A and B, flaviviruses, measles virus, mumps virus, HIV, HTLV I and II.
  • the method of the invention may be particularly useful for optimizing treatment for HCV infected subjects. Therefore, the method of the invention may be used for optimizing treatment in subjects suffering from viral infections, for example, Hepatitis C virus infection (type 1, 2, 3 or 4), or HCV or influenza infections.
  • viral infections for example, Hepatitis C virus infection (type 1, 2, 3 or 4), or HCV or influenza infections.
  • the subject is suffering from an infectious condition caused by hepatitis C virus (HCV).
  • HCV hepatitis C virus
  • HCV refers to hepatitis C virus having genotype 1 (also known as HCV Type 1), genotype 2 (also known as HCV Type 2), genotype 3 (also known as HCV Type 3), genotype 4 (also known as HCV Type 4), genotype 5 (also known as HCV Type 5) or genotype 6 (also known as HCV Type 6).
  • HCV infection encompasses acute (refers to the first 6 months after infection) and chronic (refers to infection with hepatitis C virus which persists more than 6 month) infection with the hepatitis C virus.
  • chronic HCV infection refers to chronic HCV infection.
  • the subject is infected with HCV type 1.
  • HCV type 2 3 or 4.
  • Hepatitis C virus HCV or sometimes HVC
  • HCV type 3 or 4 is a small (55-65 nm in size), enveloped, positive-sense single-stranded RNA virus of the family Flaviviridae and as indicated herein, is the cause of hepatitis C in humans.
  • the hepatitis C virus particle consists of a core of RNA, surrounded by an icosahedral protective shell of protein, and further encased in a lipid (fatty) envelope of cellular origin.
  • the Hepatitis C virus has a positive sense single-stranded RNA genome consisting of a single open reading frame that is 9600 nucleotide bases long.
  • Hepatitis C is an infectious disease affecting primarily the liver, is caused by the hepatitis C virus (HCV).
  • HCV hepatitis C virus
  • the infection is often asymptomatic, but chronic infection can lead to scarring of the liver and ultimately to cirrhosis, which is generally apparent after many years. In some cases, those with cirrhosis will go on to develop liver failure, liver cancer, or life-threatening esophageal and gastric varices.
  • the invention in some embodiments thereof provides methods, kits and compositions for predicting responsiveness of HCV patients to treatment, specifically, interferon.
  • the method of the invention may be particularly suitable for optimizing treatment regimen for subjects suffering from an infectious condition caused by any one of HCV, dengue virus, influenza, poliovirus, HIV (human immuno deficiency virus), West Nile virus (WNV) infection and Middle East respiratory syndrome coronavirus (MERS-CoV).
  • HCV dengue virus
  • influenza influenza
  • poliovirus HIV (human immuno deficiency virus)
  • WNV West Nile virus
  • MERS-CoV Middle East respiratory syndrome coronavirus
  • the subject may be a subject suffering from an infectious condition caused by a CMV (cytomegalovirus).
  • the virus may be Human cytomegalovirus (HCMV).
  • CMV belongs to the Herpesviridae family that may be also referred to herein as herpesviruses.
  • HCMV may be also referred to as Human herpesvirus 5 (HHV-5).
  • HCMV infections are frequently associated with the salivary glands. HCMV infection is typically unnoticed in healthy people, but can be life-threatening for the immunocompromised, such as HIV-infected persons, organ transplant recipients, or new born infants. It should be therefore appreciated that the method if the invention may be applicable for determining treatment regimen also for subjects infected by CMV.
  • autoimmune diseases arise from an inappropriate immune response of the body against substances and tissues normally present in the body. In other words, the immune system mistakes some part of the body as a pathogen and attacks its own cells. This may be restricted to certain organs (e.g. in autoimmune thyroiditis) or involve a particular tissue in different places (e.g. Goodpasture's disease which may affect the basement membrane in both the lung and the kidney).
  • Autoimmune disease are categorized by Witebsky's postulates (first formulated by Ernst Witebsky and colleagues in 1957) and include (i) direct evidence from transfer of pathogenic antibody or pathogenic T cells, (ii) indirect evidence based on reproduction of the autoimmune disease in experimental animals and (iii) circumstantial evidence from clinical clues.
  • the treatment of autoimmune diseases is typically done by compounds that decrease the immune response.
  • Non-limiting examples for autoimmune disorders include Multiple Sclerosis (MS), inflammatory arthritis. rheumatoid arthritis (RA), Eaton-Lambert syndrome, Goodpasture's syndrome, Greave's disease, Guillain-Barr syndrome, autoimmune hemolytic anemia (AIHA), hepatitis, insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM) and NIDDM, systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), myasthenia gravis, plexus disorders e.g. acute brachial neuritis, polyglandular deficiency syndrome, primary biliary cirrhosis, rheumatoid arthritis, scleroderma, thrombocytopenia, thyroiditis e.g.
  • MS Multiple Sclerosis
  • RA rheumatoid arthritis
  • RA Eaton-Lambert syndrome
  • Goodpasture's syndrome Greave's syndrome
  • Greave's disease Guillain-Barr syndrome
  • AIHA
  • Hashimoto's disease Sjogren's syndrome, allergic purpura, psoriasis, mixed connective tissue disease, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, vasculitis, polyarteritis nodosa, arthritis, alopecia areata, polymyalgia rheumatica, Wegener's granulomatosis, Reiter's syndrome, Behget's syndrome, ankylosing spondylitis, pemphigus, bullous pemphigoid, dermatitis herpetiformis, inflammatory bowel disease, ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease and fatty liver disease.
  • the subject is suffering from Multiple sclerosis (MS).
  • MS Multiple sclerosis
  • the method of the invention may be particularly useful for optimizing treatment, specifically, interferon treatment for a subject suffering from an autoimmune disorder, specifically, Multiple sclerosis (MS).
  • an autoimmune disorder specifically, Multiple sclerosis (MS).
  • MS multiple sclerosis
  • CNS central nervous system
  • MS is characterized by presence of at least two neurological attacks affecting the central nervous system (CNS) and accompanied by demyelinating lesions on brain magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). MS takes several forms, with new symptoms occurring either in discrete episodes (relapsing forms) or slowly accumulating over time (progressive forms). Most people are first diagnosed with relapsing-remitting MS (RRMS) but develop secondary-progressive MS (SPMS) after a number of years. Between episodes or attacks, symptoms may go away completely, but permanent neurological problems often persist, especially as the disease advances.
  • CNS central nervous system
  • SPMS secondary-progressive MS
  • RRMS Relapsing-remitting multiple sclerosis
  • the method of the invention may be particularly applicable for subjects diagnosed with RRMS, where early diagnosis of relapse may improve the treatment.
  • the methods of the invention may be also useful for determining and optimizing treatment regimen for subjects suffering from Rehumatoid arthritis (RA).
  • RA Rehumatoid arthritis
  • the method of the invention may be specifically applicable for inflammatory arthritis.
  • inflammatory arthritis is characterized by synovitis, bone erosions, osteopenia, soft-tissue swelling, and uniform joint space narrowing. More specifically, the hallmarks of joint inflammation are synovitis and erosion of bone. The latter will initially appear as a focal discontinuity of the thin, white, subchondral bone plate. Normally, this subchondral bone plate can be seen even in cases of severe osteopenia, whereas its discontinuity indicates erosion.
  • the method of the invention may be applicable for determining the most effective personally tailored treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a malignant disorder.
  • cancer As used herein to describe the present invention, “cancer”, “tumor” and “malignancy” all relate equivalently to a hyperplasia of a tissue or organ. If the tissue is a part of the lymphatic or immune systems, malignant cells may include non-solid tumors of circulating cells. Malignancies of other tissues or organs may produce solid tumors. In general, the methods of the present invention may be applicable for non-solid and solid tumors.
  • Malignancy as contemplated in the present invention may be selected from the group consisting of carcinomas, melanomas, lymphomas and sarcomas.
  • Malignancies that may find utility in the present invention can comprise but are not limited to hematological malignancies (including leukemia, lymphoma and myeloproliferative disorders), hypoplastic and aplastic anemia (both virally induced and idiopathic), myelodysplastic syndromes, all types of paraneoplastic syndromes (both immune mediated and idiopathic) and solid tumors (including lung, liver, breast, colon, prostate GI tract, pancreas and Karposi). More particularly, the malignant disorder may be hepaotcellular carcinoma, colon cancer, melanoma, myeloma, acute or chronic leukemia.
  • the methods of the invention may be also useful for determining and optimizing treatment regimen for subjects suffering from a proliferative disorder, specifically a cancer, even in cases the medicament is used only as an adjuvant treatment for cell therapy. More specifically, the methods and kits of the invention may be used for optimizing interferon treatment regimen in cases that interferon is being used as an adjuvant for cell therapy, for example in melanoma patients.
  • an immuno-stimulant suitable for such method may be any one of a synthetic double stranded RNA (poly ICLC), yellow fever (YF) vaccine 17D (YF17D), TLR stimulants such as double-strand RNA or GC.
  • poly ICLC poly ICLC
  • YF yellow fever
  • YF17D yellow fever
  • TLR stimulants such as double-strand RNA or GC.
  • Poly ICLC as used herein is an immunostimulant comprising a synthetic complex of carboxymethylcellulose, polyinosinic-polycytidylic acid, and poly-L-lysine double-stranded RNA. Poly ICLC may stimulate the release of cytotoxic cytokines and induce interferon-gamma production.
  • a further aspect of the invention relates to a kit for determining and optimizing a personalized treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder.
  • such kit may comprise elements required for performing any of the methods described above. More specifically, such kit may comprise:
  • the kit of the invention further comprises (b), means for calculating the M value of a tested subject.
  • the M value indicates the ability of said subject to eliminate said disorder.
  • the Kit of the invention further comprises (c) means for calculating the value of M1 or a standard M1 value calculated for a responder population.
  • the M1 value indicates the minimal ability, or specifically, the optimal M1 value required for a successful elimination of the disorder.
  • the kit of the invention comprises (d) means for calculating the dose A and number B of administrations of said dose A to obtain an amount C of said medicament required for said subject.
  • means for calculating the value of M comprised within the kit of the invention should enable determination of the M value by any of the different approaches mentioned by the invention. More specifically, the kit of the invention may comprise at least one of:
  • (I) means for performing static analysis for measuring the individual's M value, comprising:
  • Ia detecting molecules specific for determining the level of expression of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7 and IFI6 genes in a biological sample for determining an expression value Ex samp in said sample;
  • kits of the invention may comprise predetermined values, specifically, maximal expression value Ex max and a minimal expression value Ex min calculated from such standard curve.
  • the kit of the invention may comprise control samples of at least one individual having a Ex max expression value and at least one individual having an Ex min expression value;
  • kit of the invention may further comprise instructions for determining the expression of any one of the marker genes used by the invention.
  • kit of the invention may further comprise instructions for calculating the required values from the standard curve as well as instructions for calculating the M value using the formula provided.
  • kit of the invention may comprise means for performing an induced dynamic analysis (II). It should be noted that such analysis should be performed on healthy individuals.
  • II induced dynamic analysis
  • kits of the invention further comprises means for calculating the rate of change RC samp in the expression value Ex samp of the sample before and after stimulation;
  • kits of the invention may comprise predetermined maximal rate of change value RC max and a minimal rate of change RC min value calculated from such standard curve;
  • the kit further comprises a formula for calculating said M value.
  • the kit of the invention further comprises instructions for determining the expression of any one of the marker genes used by the invention.
  • the kit of the invention may further comprise instructions for calculating the required values from the standard curve as well as instructions for calculating the M value using the formula provided.
  • kit of the invention may comprise means for a dynamic analysis (III) comprising:
  • the kit of the invention further comprises (IIb) a standard curve, specifically, predetermined standard curve of the rate of change in the expression of at least one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7 and IFI6 (and optionally of STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes) genes in subjects suffering from the same disorder and treated with the same medicament.
  • the kit of the invention may comprise predetermined maximal rate of change value RC max and minimal rate of change value RC min calculated from such standard curve; and
  • kit of the invention may further comprise instructions for determining the expression of any one of the marker genes used by the invention.
  • kit of the invention may further comprise instructions for calculating the required values from the standard curve as well as instructions for calculating the M value using the formula provided.
  • means for calculating the value of M1 comprised within the kit of the invention may comprise:
  • (b) a formula for calculating said M1 value. More specifically, such formula is M1>1-(1/k).
  • the kit of the invention comprises means for calculating the dose A and number B of administrations of said dose A to obtain an amount C of said medicament required for said subject.
  • these means include for example, a predetermined dose A1 and predetermined number B1 of administrations of said dose to obtain a predetermined amount C1 of said medicament required for eliminating said disorder in subjects having a value of M that is equal or above said M1 value.
  • the kit of the invention may be specifically practiced using 4 or 5 marker genes. More specifically, in some embodiments, the kit of the invention may comprise detecting molecule specific for determining the expression value of OAS2, HERC5, UPS18, UBE216 and optionally of ISG15 genes. In some embodiments, the kit of the invention may comprise detecting molecules specific for OAS2, HERC5, UPS18 and UBE216. In yet further embodiments, the kit of the invention may comprise detecting molecules specific for OAS2, HERC5, UPS18, UBE216 and ISG15 genes.
  • the kit of the invention comprises detecting molecules that are isolated oligonucleotides, each oligonucleotide specifically hybridize to a nucleic acid sequence of at least one of genes and optionally, to a control reference gene. More specifically, such detecting molecules may be at least one of pair of primer/s at least one primer, and/or nucleotide probes.
  • the kit of the invention may further comprise at least one reagent for conducting a nucleic acid amplification based assay selected from the group consisting of a Real-Time PCR, micro arrays, PCR, in situ Hybridization and Comparative Genomic Hybridization.
  • the kit of the invention may be specifically suitable for determining and optimizing a personalized interferon treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder.
  • the detecting molecules comprised within the kit of the invention are selected from isolated detecting nucleic acid molecules and isolated detecting amino acid molecules.
  • such nucleic acid detecting molecule comprises isolated oligonucleotides, each oligonucleotide specifically hybridizes to a nucleic acid sequence of said at least one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7 and IFI6 genes (and optionally of STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes) and optionally, to a control reference gene.
  • such detecting molecule may be at least one of a pair of primers or nucleotide probes.
  • the polynucleotide-based detection molecules of the invention may be in the form of nucleic acid probes which can be spotted onto an array to measure RNA from the sample of a subject to be diagnosed.
  • nucleic acid array refers to a plurality of nucleic acids (or “nucleic acid members”), optionally attached to a support where each of the nucleic acid members is attached to a support in a unique pre-selected and defined region. These nucleic acid sequences are used herein as detecting nucleic acid molecules.
  • the nucleic acid member attached to the surface of the support is DNA.
  • the nucleic acid member attached to the surface of the support is either cDNA or oligonucleotides.
  • the nucleic acid member attached to the surface of the support is cDNA synthesized by polymerase chain reaction (PCR).
  • a “nucleic acid array” refers to a plurality of unique nucleic acid detecting molecules attached to nitrocellulose or other membranes used in Southern and/or Northern blotting techniques.
  • oligonucleotide-based arrays the selection of oligonucleotides corresponding to the gene of interest which are useful as probes is well understood in the art.
  • assay based on micro array or RT-PCR may involve attaching or spotting of the probes in a solid support.
  • attaching and spotting refer to a process of depositing a nucleic acid onto a substrate to form a nucleic acid array such that the nucleic acid is stably bound to the substrate via covalent bonds, hydrogen bonds or ionic interactions.
  • stably associated or “stably bound” refers to a nucleic acid that is stably bound to a solid substrate to form an array via covalent bonds, hydrogen bonds or ionic interactions such that the nucleic acid retains its unique pre-selected position relative to all other nucleic acids that are stably associated with an array, or to all other pre-selected regions on the solid substrate under conditions in which an array is typically analyzed (i.e., during one or more steps of hybridization, washes, and/or scanning, etc.).
  • substrate or “support” or “solid support”, when referring to an array, refers to a material having a rigid or semi-rigid surface.
  • the support may be biological, non-biological, organic, inorganic, or a combination of any of these, existing as particles, strands, precipitates, gels, sheets, tubing, spheres, beads, containers, capillaries, pads, slices, films, plates, slides, chips, etc.
  • the substrate is a silicon or glass surface, (poly)tetrafluoroethylene, (poly) vinylidendifmoride, polystyrene, polycarbonate, a charged membrane, such as nylon or nitrocellulose, or combinations thereof.
  • the support may optionally contain reactive groups, including, but not limited to, carboxyl, amino, hydroxyl, thiol, and the like.
  • the support may be optically transparent.
  • the solid support may include polymers, such as polystyrene, agarose, sepharose, cellulose, glass, glass beads and magnetizable particles of cellulose or other polymers.
  • the solid-support can be in the form of large or small beads, chips or particles, tubes, plates, or other forms.
  • the method of the invention may be used for personalized medicine, namely adjusting and customizing healthcare with decisions and practices being suitable to the individual patient by use of genetic information and any additional information collected at different stages of the disease.
  • the biological sample may be a blood sample.
  • the biological sample is a sample of peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs).
  • the kit of the invention may therefore optionally comprise suitable mans for obtaining said sample. More specifically, for using the kit of the invention, one must first obtain samples from the tested subjects. To do so, means for obtaining such samples may be required.
  • Such means for obtaining a sample from the mammalian subject can be by any means for obtaining a sample from the subject known in the art. Examples for obtaining e.g. blood or bone marrow samples are known in the art and could be any kind of finger or skin prick or lancet based device, which basically pierces the skin and results in a drop of blood being released from the skin.
  • aspirating or biopsy needles may be also used for obtaining spleen lymph nodes tissue samples. Samples may of course be taken from any other living tissue, or body secretions comprising viable cells, such as biopsies, saliva or even urine.
  • detecting molecules used for detecting the expression levels of the biomarker genes may be provided in a kit attached to an array.
  • a “detecting molecule array” refers to a plurality of detection molecules that may be nucleic acids based or protein based detecting molecules (specifically, probes, primers and antibodies), optionally attached to a support where each of the detecting molecules is attached to a support in a unique pre-selected and defined region.
  • an array may contain different detecting molecules, such as specific antibodies or primers.
  • the different detecting molecules for each target may be spatially arranged in a predetermined and separated location in an array.
  • an array may be a plurality of vessels (test tubes), plates, micro-wells in a micro-plate, each containing different detecting molecules, specifically, probes, primers and antibodies, against polypeptides encoded by the marker genes used by the invention.
  • An array may also be any solid support holding in distinct regions (dots, lines, columns) different and known, predetermined detecting molecules.
  • solid support is defined as any surface to which molecules may be attached through either covalent or non-covalent bonds.
  • useful solid supports include solid and semi-solid matrixes, such as aero gels and hydro gels, resins, beads, biochips (including thin film coated biochips), micro fluidic chip, a silicon chip, multi-well plates (also referred to as microtiter plates or microplates), membranes, filters, conducting and no conducting metals, glass (including microscope slides) and magnetic supports.
  • useful solid supports include silica gels, polymeric membranes, particles, derivative plastic films, glass beads, cotton, plastic beads, alumina gels, polysaccharides such as Sepharose, nylon, latex bead, magnetic bead, paramagnetic bead, super paramagnetic bead, starch and the like. This also includes, but is not limited to, microsphere particles such as LumavidinTM. Or LS-beads, magnetic beads, charged paper, Langmuir-Blodgett films, functionalized glass, germanium, silicon, PTFE, polystyrene, gallium arsenide, gold, and silver.
  • any of the reagents, substances or ingredients included in any of the methods and kits of the invention may be provided as reagents embedded, linked, connected, attached, placed or fused to any of the solid support materials described above.
  • the kit of the invention may be suitable for examining samples such as peripheral blood mononuclear cells and biopsies of organs or tissues.
  • the kit of the invention is specifically suitable for optimizing a treatment regimen for subjects suffering from an immune-related disorder.
  • such immune-related disorder may be any one of an infectious condition, an autoimmune disease, and a proliferative disorder.
  • the kit of the invention is suitable for optimizing treatment regimen to a subject suffering from an infectious condition caused by any one of HCV, dengue virus, influenza, poliovirus, HIV (human immune-deficiency virus) and West Nile virus (WNV) infection.
  • HCV dengue virus
  • influenza influenza
  • poliovirus HIV (human immune-deficiency virus)
  • WNV West Nile virus
  • the kit of the invention may be suitable for optimizing treatment regimen for a subject suffering from Multiple sclerosis (MS).
  • MS Multiple sclerosis
  • the kit of the invention may be suitable for optimizing treatment regimen for a subject suffering from Rheumatoid Arthritis (RA).
  • RA Rheumatoid Arthritis
  • the kit of the invention comprises means for determining the M value using the induced dynamic approach
  • the kit of the invention may comprises at least one immuno-stimulant that may be any one of a synthetic double stranded RNA (poly ICLC), yellow fever (YF) vaccine 17D (YF17D).
  • poly ICLC synthetic double stranded RNA
  • YF yellow fever
  • YF17D yellow fever vaccine 17D
  • the invention provides a computer software product for determining and optimizing a personalized treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder.
  • a computer software product for determining and optimizing a personalized treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder.
  • Such product comprising a computer readable medium in which program instructions are stored, which instructions, when read by a computer, cause the computer to:
  • the invention further provides a prognostic composition
  • a prognostic composition comprising (a) detecting molecules specific for determining the level of expression of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7 and IFI6 genes (and optionally of STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes) and (b) a biological sample.
  • the biological sample may be obtained from the subject that is to be prognosed.
  • the sample may be a control sample, as discussed herein before.
  • the detecting molecules may be attached to a solid support.
  • the composition of the invention may be specifically suitable for performing any of the prognostic methods disclosed by the invention.
  • disease As used herein, “disease”, “disorder”, “condition” and the like, as they relate to a subject's health, are used interchangeably and have meanings ascribed to each and all of such terms.
  • the present invention relates to the treatment of subjects, or patients, in need thereof.
  • patient “individual” or “subject in need” it is meant any organism who may be affected by the above-mentioned conditions, and to whom the treatment and diagnosis methods herein described is desired, including humans. More specifically, the composition of the invention is intended for mammals.
  • mammalian subject is meant any mammal for which the proposed therapy is desired, including human, equine, canine, and feline subjects, most specifically humans.
  • the method of the invention may be performed using administration via injection, drinking water, feed, spraying, oral gavages and directly into the digestive tract of subjects in need thereof.
  • treatment or prevention refers to the complete range of therapeutically positive effects of administrating to a subject including inhibition, reduction of, alleviation of, and relief from, a condition known to be treated with interferon, for example an immune-related disorder as detailed herein. More specifically, treatment or prevention of relapse or recurrence of the disease includes the prevention or postponement of development of the disease, prevention or postponement of development of symptoms and/or a reduction in the severity of such symptoms that will or are expected to develop. These further include ameliorating existing symptoms, preventing-additional symptoms and ameliorating or preventing the underlying metabolic causes of symptoms.
  • the terms “inhibition”, “moderation”, “reduction” or “attenuation” as referred to herein, relate to the retardation, restraining or reduction of a process by any one of about 1% to 99.9%, specifically, about 1% to about 5%, about 5% to 10%, about 10% to 15%, about 15% to 20%, about 20% to 25%, about 25% to 30%, about 30% to 35%, about 35% to 40%, about 40% to 45%, about 45% to 50%, about 50% to 55%, about 55% to 60%, about 60% to 65%, about 65% to 70%, about 75% to 80%, about 80% to 85% about 85% to 90%, about 90% to 95%, about 95% to 99%, or about 99% to 99.9%.
  • percentage values such as, for example, 10%, 50%, 120%, 500%, etc., are interchangeable with “fold change” values, i.e., 0.1, 0.5, 1.2, 5, etc., respectively.
  • compositions comprising, “comprising”, “includes”, “including”, “having” and their conjugates mean “including but not limited to”.
  • consisting essentially of means that the composition, method or structure may include additional ingredients, steps and/or parts, but only if the additional ingredients, steps and/or parts do not materially alter the basic and novel characteristics of the claimed composition, method or structure.
  • the term “about” refers to 10%.
  • the terms “comprises”, “comprising”, “includes”, “including”, “having” and their conjugates mean “including but not limited to”. This term encompasses the terms “consisting of” and “consisting essentially of”.
  • the phrase “consisting essentially of” means that the composition or method may include additional ingredients and/or steps, but only if the additional ingredients and/or steps do not materially alter the basic and novel characteristics of the claimed composition or method.
  • method refers to manners, means, techniques and procedures for accomplishing a given task including, but not limited to, those manners, means, techniques and procedures either known to, or readily developed from known manners, means, techniques and procedures by practitioners of the chemical, pharmacological, biological, biochemical and medical arts.
  • GSE30719 Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE30719 (described in Example 2A) describes genetic data from retinal pigment epithelial (RPE) infected with immunopathogenic West Nile virus (WNV). RNA was extracted after 24 hours and analyzed using Affymetrix arrays.
  • RPE retinal pigment epithelial
  • WNV Western Virus
  • Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE18816 (described in Example 2B) describes peripheral-blood leucocytes that were separated from buffy coats of three healthy blood donors and were differentiated for 14 days before use. Differentiated macrophages infected with H1N1 and H5N1 viruses at a multiplicity of infection (MOD of two were analyzed. Total RNA was extracted from cells after 1, 3, and 6h post-infection, and the gene expression profiling was performed using an Affymetrix Human Gene 1.0 ST microarray platform.
  • Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE13052 (described in Example 2C) describes studies from whole blood transcriptional profiles of children infected 4 days with dengue virus with different clinical outcomes.
  • the tested subjects included 9 acute dengue shock samples, 9 acute uncomplicated dengue samples, 6 autologous follow up dengue samples and 6 autologous follow up uncomplicated dengue patients.
  • Microarray data was normalized using Gene spring GX7 software, statistical analysis was performed in Multiexperiment viewer software. Pathway analysis was performed using Ingenuity Pathway analysis online software.
  • Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE17183 (described in Example 3A) provides data from liver biopsy from 30 patients before and one week after starting combination therapy with IFN+Rib. Hepatocytes and liver-infiltrating lymphocytes (LILs) were obtained from 12 patients using laser capture micro dissection (LCM).
  • LILs laser capture micro dissection
  • Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE16214 (described in Example 3B) provides data from PBMC samples that were collected from relapsing-remitting MS subjects and CIS subjects. The first time point was chosen for each subject with multiple measurements based on an at least three months of treatment criteria. We thereafter analyzed the data for each treatment category.
  • Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE 5549 (described in Example 3C) provides gene expression microarrays data obtained from embryonic fibroblast cell line was synchronously infected with poliovirus in the absence or presence of interferon- ⁇ , or with vacciniavirus, a virus that is not inhibited by interferon. The cells were incubated for 1 h with either poliovirus or vacciniavirus, washed and incubated for another 4 to 16 h. Total RNA from three parallel cell cultures were used for each time point and compared with mock infected cells.
  • Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE 37107 and GEO 42296 disclosed gene profiling of RA patients treated with RTX or infliximab, respectively (described in Example 5).
  • Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE18464 provides gene expression data of CD 14+ monocytes isolated from 55 subjects, 22 with HIV HVL, 22 with HIV LVL and 11 HIV seronegative controls (described in Example 6).
  • Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE27248 provides gene expression of Ferrets (3 ferrets in each group) immunized with different adjuvant human seasonal vaccines of CFA plus vaccine, CpG plus vaccine, pegylated IFN-alpha plus vaccine and vaccine alone (PBS plus vaccine) (described in Example 7).
  • Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE31518, GSE31471 and GSE31472 (described in Example 10) provide gene expression data obtained at 2, 4, 6, 8 and 10 hours post infection of three different host cell lines (A549, MDCK and CEF) with three different Influenza A virus strains, pH1N1 (A/Singapore/478/2009), H9N2 and H5N2.
  • Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE52428 (described in Example 10) provide gene expression data obtained from microarrays assay of peripheral blood at baseline and every 8 hours for 7 days following intranasal influenza A H1N1 or H3N2 inoculation in healthy volunteers.
  • Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE838 (described in Example 8A) provides gene expression data in peripheral blood leukocytes (PBL) from normal individuals sampled multiple times over periods ranging from several weeks up to 6 months.
  • Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE3649 (described in Example 8B) provides data of variation in gene expression patterns in the blood of healthy individuals, by using cDNA microarrays.
  • Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE32862 (described in Example 9) provides data from synthetic double stranded RNA that induces innate immunity similar to a live viral vaccine in humans.
  • poly ICLC double stranded RNA
  • TLR3 a ligand for TLR3
  • MDA-5 cytosolic RNA helicase
  • the data was downloaded from the each one of these selected Gene Expression Omnibus Accession and was analyzed using custom programs written in MATLAB.
  • mattest After verifying normalization of data (such as RMA quantile on Affymetrix arrays) and averaging multiple probes per gene, MATLAB mattest is carried out with permutations to calculate pvals. In brief, mattest perform two-sample t-test to evaluate differential expression of genes from two experimental conditions or phenotypes.
  • the model developed in here is based on a biological situation in which an animal cell is being infected with a virus having a multiplicity rate K.
  • the cell may be subjected to additional viruses penetrating the cytoplasm by a rate P.
  • the viral infection may be terminated by the immune system of a subject that upon infection is induced and thus capable of destroying the virus by itself with no external therapy.
  • the viral infection may be terminated by injection of an appropriate treatment for example with IFN that leads to distraction of the virus. After the IFN effect is diminished, infection may occur again.
  • the period at which the virus is destroyed either by the immune system, by administration of treatment for example interferon or combination of both starts at time (N) and ends at time (N+1).
  • the virus load (X) at the start point X(N) and the end time point X(N+1) is described as follows:
  • the virus load at a certain time point depends on the ability of said individual to eliminate and reduce said virus, as reflected by the M value.
  • the following equations were used in MATLAB for simulation purposes.
  • FIG. 1 [based on schematics from Sadler A J. et al. Nature Reviews Immunology 8:559-568 (July 2008)], shows a schematic representation of such a model at a cellular level and emphasizes the ongoing balance between invading virus that is multiplying in the cytoplasm at a rate K and the effect of defending genes that are participating and assisting to diminish the virus. As detailed above, these genes are regulated either by the immune response, external treatment or combination of the two.
  • the value of M was varied throughout the simulation from 0 to 1.
  • the results in FIG. 2 show the virus amount (virus load) as a function of the rate of M during time. As can be seen at lower M values of 0.04 to 0.48, the virus is capable of multiplying and hence the disease is progressing, as the immune system is not succeeding in elimination thereof.
  • the effect of M is observed as follows: upon increasing the value of M for example from 0.04 to 0.36, the amount of virus is reduced, indicating that that the viral load is reduced to some extend as a function of M. Increasing M to a value higher than 0.6 shows that the viral load is reduced, namely the disease is eliminated. This may indicate that the immune system is succeeding in stopping the virus.
  • the simulation shown in FIG. 2 shows that a person having at least an M value of 0.6 will reach this limit using 12 shots (3 month), or he can reach this limit with 4 shots if he has M greater than 0.8.
  • the peaks represent IFN cycles assuming they are given once a week.
  • the model clearly shows that X(0) the initial load, has no impact on response rate as setting the initial load of the virus to different values does not change the curves, namely there is a dependency only on the relations between M and K, specifically, the ability of the individual and the virulence of the pathogen.
  • FIG. 3 shown similar simulations, however, in this simulation the virus is simulated to multiply faster and k is set to 3.
  • the results show that the response curves for the different M's in this new situation are different ( FIG. 3 ).
  • the virus amount is reduced at a large M value of about 0.68. In other words, for eliminating more virulent viruses, a larger M is required.
  • the immune system responds to this infection in an attempt to destroy the virus.
  • the virus is multiplied by a rate K and the immune system of the tested subject may be viewed as a component having the rate M.
  • the “decision” or determination if a person will be able to fight the viral infection on its own depends on the interplay between M and K as shown in FIGS. 2 and 3 .
  • the simulation using different M values may be viewed as a heterogeneous population having varying immune system capabilities.
  • the antiviral treatment may be viewed as a component having the rate M.
  • the interplay between M and K as shown in FIGS. 2 and 3 may be used for determining if a person will cure from the viral infection using the treatment.
  • the simulation with different M values may be viewed as different treatments regimens (dosing and timing), or a heterogeneous population having varying response to treatment (possibly because of immune response) or combinations of the two.
  • the time unit (X-axis) may be considered as the number of treatment administrations (for example injections) to be used.
  • this model may be further used to predict if an individual is a responder or non responder to treatment with a specific therapeutic agent, for example, IFN treatment. This can be used to predict the outcome of the response, namely what will be the viral amount (viral load) at the end of the treatment and as such, may help in determining the required dosage regimen accordingly.
  • this model may be used for calculating and determining the rate of the elevation in the M value required for eliminating of a specific virus having a specific K rate in a specific viral load. Such elevation of M may be achieved by designing an appropriate treatment regimen.
  • a person that is characterized by having a M value of 0.6 is being administered with IFN in order to treat a viral infection of a virus that has a K value of 2 (namely, doubles itself every week), will need 12 injections to reach one tenth of his initial load.
  • the results may also serve for prediction of the interval time between treatments, namely, if the time between the injections is shortened from a week to 3 days, an individual may reach the targeted virus load in half the time.
  • PI Protease Inhibitors
  • X ( N+ 1) X ( N ) ⁇ M*X ( N ) ⁇ M 1* X ( N );
  • FIG. 4 shows a simulation of a situation with K of 2, P of 0 and M is 0.44.
  • having a value of M1 of 0.14 seems to be sufficient to be considered as a responder.
  • M may be considered as a result of the amount of IFN genes that are released upon infection and/or upon treatment (such as for example ISG15, HERC5, USP18, OAS2, OAS 3, OASL, IFI44L).
  • treatment includes PI
  • the M1 value is added to the value of M that may be now considered as a total amount required for eliminating existing viruses.
  • the methods of the invention provide any specific regimen of treatment, being personally adapted to achieve the required M1 value in a person having a particular M value that is required to achieve the desired result of virus elimination, or elimination of any of the disease symptoms.
  • the following examples provide results obtained from statistical analysis of data base information and are aimed at showing the importance of combining genetic data from different groups of individuals, and uses thereof in determining a suitable Taylor-made treatment for each individual.
  • the inventor has used data from healthy individuals, healthy individuals after stimulation of the immune system, individuals infected with different types of viruses (having different lethality potential) and patients treated with appropriate treatments.
  • the complete data presented in the Examples below provide a comprehensive analysis and a unique understanding on a representative arsenal of genes and the degree to which each gene can be up regulated.
  • the value of M is an individual value for each subject and determination thereof (prior to the occurrence of any pathologic disorder), may reflect the ability of a given subject to overcome pathologic disorders, specifically, viral infections. Furthermore, predetermination of such characterizing M value for each individual enables determination, optimization and fine tuning of treatment regimen specifically suitable and effective for such individual.
  • the purpose of this example was to find a minimal representative set of genes that are regulated after infection and that measuring their expression will enable determination of the capability of an individual to overcome a viral infection. More specifically, a set of genes enabling the determination of the specific M value of a given individual.
  • FIG. 5 shows a representation of genes, each depicted by a different point, such that each point represents the ratio of the specific gene between its expression 24 hours after infection and its base line value. Each point corresponds to an average value of the ratio of the specific gene calculated for all the tested individuals. Each gene (point) is assigned with a value along the X axis that corresponds to the regulation fold (either up regulation or down regulation) and with a value along the Y axis corresponding to the significant of the regulation.
  • this analysis provides a quantitative indication for the dominating genes that are regulated in infected individuals with respect to a baseline level determined before infection.
  • the analysis was obtained by averaging all probes per gene analyzed using volcano analysis on their RMA affymetrix normalized data, at 24h post infection.
  • HPAI highly pathogenic avian influenza
  • Table 1 shows a list of genes that were found to be up regulated 6 hours post infection in the more challenging H5N1 compare to H1N1.
  • FIG. 6 is a volcano plot showing the genes that are up regulated six hours post infection with both viruses.
  • the group of genes including the ISG15, HERC5, USP18, OAS, IFIT and IFI44 show an enhanced up regulation pattern after infection with H5N1.
  • the degree of up regulation for each gene is increased after infection with H5N1 compared to H1N1.
  • FIG. 7 is a volcano plot showing the group of genes that are regulated for children presenting with dengue shock syndrome (DSS) and well-matched patients with uncomplicated dengue. The plot shows uncomplicated vs. DSS.
  • DSS dengue shock syndrome
  • the set of genes include for example IFIT2, RSAD2, ISIT1, HERC5, MX1, IFIT3, IFI44L, OASL, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, DDX58, DHX58, ISG15, USP18, and UBE2L.
  • genes that are involved in innate immunity may be used as an indicator for the ability of a specific individual to eliminate that pathologic disorder.
  • the differential genetic expression in liver biopsies of responders and non-responders HCV patients after combined therapy is shown in FIG. 8 .
  • the left hand side shows the ratio of expression level of genes in responders vs. non-responders at day 0 (namely, before treatment), whereas the right hand side shows the results obtained after one week following treatment of IFN and RBV.
  • the results provide a representative set of genes having a low expression value before treatment in patients who are referred to as responders. One week after treatment, these genes were clearly up regulated in the responders group.
  • a non-limiting example is the results of ISG15 expression as specifically shown in Table 2.
  • the initial ISG15 expression level in responders is low compared to non-responders.
  • a week after treatment a clear elevation in the expression of said gene appears in the responder group, whereas the non-responders show a clear reduction. Based on these results it may be suggested that the expression level of this gene in responders is close to its saturation level, and therefore interferon cannot induce elevation in the expression of these genes.
  • FIGS. 10A and 10B show the level of genes expression in MS patients before and after three month of treatment, respectively.
  • the expression level of the genes is lower in most patients before treatment. Specifically, about 70 patients show low levels of expression and only about 20 patients show higher levels of expression ( FIG. 10A ).
  • FIG. 10B patients who had a low gene expression before treatment (namely patients 1 to 70), show an increased expression after treatment, whereas those patients who had a high gene expression before treatment (namely patients 71 to 90), show a reduced expression after treatment.
  • Interferon-alpha at a concentration sufficient to inhibit poliovirus replication, was used to define genes that might be involved in viral defense.
  • class I 91kDa Interferon-induced protein 44-like 2.45 Major histocompatibility complex.
  • class I. B 2.4 Interferon-induced protein with tetratricopeptide 2.29 repeats 3 Tripartite motif-containing 22 2.2 HLA-G histocompatibility antigen.
  • class I. G 2.145 Ubiquitin-conjugating enzyme E2L 6 2.14 HLA class I histocompatibility antigen. alpha 2.136667 chain G precursor (HLA G antigen). [Source: Uniprot/SWISSPROT:Acc:P17693] Major histocompatibility complex.
  • class I. F 2.12 Beta-2-microglobulin 2.08 HLA class I histocompatibility antigen.
  • class I A 2.43 H300000271 2.38 HLA class I histocompatibility antigen.
  • B-7 alpha 2.37 chain precursor (MHC class I antigen B*7). [Source: Uniprot/SWISSPROT:Acc:P01889] major histocompatibility complex.
  • class I B 2.35 2′.5′-oligoadenylate synthetase 1. 40/46kDa 2.29 Interferon-induced protein with tetratricopeptide 2.28 repeats 3 Signal transducer and activator of transcription 1. 2.26 91kDa HLA class I histocompatibility antigen.
  • A-3 alpha 2.25 chain precursor (MHC class I antigen A*3).
  • the results show that a set of genes can be detected in all the studied cases regardless of the viral origin, namely the set is reproducible and universal.
  • the M value that reflects the ability of the specific individual to eliminate the disease symptoms (viral infection, for example), can be considered as a phenotype.
  • the inventors used gene expression data of Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE15245, to determine whether the expression of the genes of the invention, namely, USP18, IFI44, MX1, IFI44L, OAS3, HERC5 and RSAD2, can distinguish between MS patients experiencing relapse and patients that respond to interferon treatment and therefore do not experience relapse.
  • sum of the expression values of these genes was inversely correlated with relapse rate of fifty MS patients. More specifically, patients 27 to 50 that displayed low initial expression level of the genes of the invention, showed no relapse, whereas patients exhibiting high expression level of the genes of the invention showed enhanced relapse rate.
  • the inventors have further analyzed data obtained from GSE5574 that provides gene expression data of MS patients treated with Avonex (0-interferon once a week).
  • the expression of the ISG15, UPS18, UBE2L6 and HERC5 genes of the invention was examined before and during treatment (6 points including 2 reading na ⁇ ve prior to treatment, 2 readings 24 hr following first treatment, 2 readings 6 month following treatment and a week after last IFNB Avonex treatment.
  • the expression level was compared with the following clinical parameters, wherein nonresponsive patients experienced clinical exacerbations including optic neuritis and ataxia requiring steroid treatment, none of the other patients reported any progression of symptoms during the course of the study.
  • the non-responsive patients could not elevate the expression of the genes of the invention (data not shown). Therefore, follow-up of the expression of the signatory genes of the invention during treatment reflects the responsiveness of the patient.
  • B cell depletion therapy for example, by using Rituximab, a chimeric monoclonal antibody against the protein CD20 which is primarily found on the surface of immune system B cells, is efficacious in rheumatoid arthritis (RA) patients that do not respond to tumor necrosis factor (TNF) blocking agents.
  • RA rheumatoid arthritis
  • TNF tumor necrosis factor
  • RTX rituximab
  • the invention provides for any specific individual, a molecular tool to determine whether a RTX treatment is appropriate, or alternatively, treatment with TNF blockers, such as Infliximab (INN; trade name Remicade), that is a chimeric monoclonal antibody specific for tumor necrosis factor alpha (TNF- ⁇ ), may be more appropriate. Therefore, the inventors analyzed gene expression data provided by GSE 37107 and GEO 42296 that disclosed gene profiling of RA patients treated with RTX or infliximab, respectively.
  • TNF blockers such as Infliximab (INN; trade name Remicade)
  • TNF- ⁇ tumor necrosis factor alpha
  • Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE 37107 provides expression profiling data of on whole peripheral blood RNA obtained from 14 RA patients treated with RTX. Expression data of 6 non responders were compared to 8 responders. Responsiveness has been determined 6 months after treatment, using disease activity score ( ⁇ DAS28 ⁇ 1.2) and European League against Rheumatism (EULAR). The samples were obtained and examined prior to treatment.
  • ⁇ DAS28 ⁇ 1.2 disease activity score
  • EULAR European League against Rheumatism
  • Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GEO 42296 provides expression profiling data of whole peripheral blood RNA obtained from 29 individuals treated with infliximab and compares the gene expression profiling of 13 non-responders with 6 responders. The samples were obtained and examined prior to treatment.
  • genes presented in Table 5 are common to both groups and are differentially expressed in the RTX and the infliximab treatment. More specifically, the genes of Table 5, were found to be up-regulated in infliximab responders and down regulated in non-responders. In contrast, the very same genes were found to be down-regulated RTX responders, and up-regulated in RTX non-responders.
  • FIG. 12 illustrates the differential expression as calculated from the sum of the common genes, indicating that an individual displaying a high initial expression of these genes will benefit infliximab treatment, whereas an individual displaying a low initial level of expression of these genes will benefit RTX treatment.
  • signatory genes of the invention may have a predictive value on further viral infections and treatment of patients with other therapeutic agents.
  • the inventors next examined whether the signatory genes of the invention, namely, IFI27, ISG15, IFIH1, IFI44L, OAS2, DDX58, IFIT1 and IFI6, may correlate with responsiveness of HIV infected patients to HAART treatment. More specifically, HIV infected patients that were treated with highly active antiviral therapies (HAART) that is a combination of multiple drugs that act on different viral targets, as reflected by the reduction in virus load.
  • HAART highly active antiviral therapies
  • the inventors used gene expression data of Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE18464 that provides gene expression data of high-density cDNA microarrays was performed on CD 14+ monocytes isolated from 55 subjects, 22 with HIV HVL, 22 with HIV LVL and 11 HIV seronegative controls. The examined patients were evaluated for virus load. The categorization of high or low viral load was based on clinical criteria with LVL ⁇ 10,000 RNA copies/ml and HVL as >10,000 RNA copies/ml. Subjects in the study were males between 30 and 66 years of age and the cohort was comprised of white (62%), black (19%), Hispanic (12%), Asian (4%) and other (3%) individuals. At the time of the study individuals in the LVL group were on highly active antiretroviral therapies (HAART), while subjects with HVL fell into one of three categories: on HAART (15); scheduled treatment interruption (6) or HAART na ⁇ ve (1).
  • HAART highly active antiretroviral therapies
  • FIG. 13 presents the correlation between reduced virus load of the HIV patients and the initial expression of the genes of the invention in all 44 examined patients. As shown by the figure, a low expression rate of the genes of the invention is associated with a low virus load that reflects responsiveness to HAART treatment in patients 22-44 (that are the LVL group).
  • the inventors used gene expression data of Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE27248 that provides gene expression of Ferrets (3 ferrets in each group) immunized with different adjuvant human seasonal vaccines of CFA plus vaccine, CpG plus vaccine, pegylated IFN-alpha plus vaccine and vaccine alone (PBS plus vaccine).
  • the control group comprised 4 ferrets received PBS only.
  • the whole blood was collected for RNA extraction and subsequent gene expression analysis was performed with Affymetrix GeneChip Canine Genome 2.0 Array.
  • the inventors analyzed the expression of the genes of the invention ISG15, HERC5, USP18 and UBE2L6, in all experimental groups. As shown in FIG. 14 , a clear correlation of elevated expression of the genes of the invention is exhibited in response to treatment with CpG adjuvant. It should be noted that CpG clearly enhanced activation and antibody production, indicating that dynamic analysis of the expression of the genes of the invention may serve as a tool for evaluating successful treatment.
  • the data used herein was obtained from peripheral blood leukocytes (PBL) of normal individuals sampled multiple times over periods ranging from several weeks up to 6 months.
  • the genetic data obtained after the first reading for each individual was clustered using k-mean clustering algorithm.
  • FIG. 15 shows the clustering results of the tested individuals, as can be seen, the genes that are clustered within one group include for example ISG15, HERC5, USP18 OAS and IFIT and their triggering elements RIG-I and DDX60. The expression of these genes is correlated and changes together in healthy individuals between high and low levels of expression.
  • FIG. 16 shows the same expression but specially demonstrates the expression of IGS15, IFIT1, OAS2 and USP18 in the tested healthy individuals.
  • FIG. 17 Analysis of the data by clustering is shown in FIG. 17 demonstrating the genes clustering together in one group include for example LY6E, SLC22A23, IFI44L, ISG15, SERPING1, MX2, OAS3, IFIT1 and CMPK2.
  • FIG. 18 shows an expression graph showing the expression level of ISG15 and IFIT1, where the individuals were sorted by the ISG15 expression level and not by the individual numbering. It can be suggested that the individuals in the right hand side of the graph (provided in the rectangular) would be non responsive to IFN as the initiation level of the genes is high before any treatment or pathological infection.
  • understanding and measuring this dynamic range of a set of known genes may help in determine the capabilities of an individual to use its own immune system in response to infection and/or the predicting if an individual will respond to interferon treatment, namely should interferon be administered to a patients as part of any medical treatment.
  • poly ICLC synthetic double stranded RNA
  • poly ICLC is an immuno-stimulant and may be considered to have the same effect as interferon.
  • FIG. 20 is a magnified volcano showing ISG15, IFIT1, IFI44, OASL and the triggering of IFIH1 and DDX58.
  • PCA Principal component analysis
  • FIG. 22 shows the dynamics of gene expression with time in responders and non-responders.
  • FIG. 22 shows the dynamics of the expression is different in responders and non-responders, specifically, the expression in the non responders (dashed line is high at the beginning (time “0”—healthy) and thus the magnitude of change in the expression is limited and narrow.
  • the expression in the responders on the other hand, is low at the beginning (time 0) and this enables a large change in their future expression.
  • FIG. 23 shows the same results obtained in longer time intervals with the dashed line corresponding to data obtained from non responders.
  • FIG. 24 shows the average increase in each gene expression as measured 24 hours after poly ICLC administration compared to baseline.
  • the results obtained here may be used to assess the capability of an immune system to react for example to a viral infection.
  • these results may be also used to obtain information on the magnitude of possible changes in genes expression following interferon administration.
  • the magnitude of change observed in the expression level of the genes provides a range of the M values in the tested population. Namely, an individual having the highest increase in the expression, for example i302 is characterized with an M value of 1 and is expected to be able to use the immune system and to respond to treatment. On the contrary, an individual having the lowest increase in the expression, for example i308 is characterized with an M value of 0.2 and is expected to fail in inducing the immune system and not to respond to treatment.
  • M may be calculated from the area under the curve from baseline to its peak (around 24 hr) and back to baseline should be calculated ( FIG. 25 ).
  • the area of the triangle represents added amount of the fighting gene used to combat the virus in the next cycle ( ⁇ 48 hr).
  • Table 9 shows the change in gene expression obtained after administrating poly ICLC in vivo and in vitro.
  • In vitro samples were obtained from PBMCs isolated from blood of healthy donors via density gradient centrifugation.
  • In vivo samples were obtained from subjects randomized to either 1.6 mg poly ICLC or placebo (sterile saline) in a 2:1 ratio, administered s.c.
  • Table 10 shows the top ranking genes in two tested in vivo vaccination studies in two different locations (Montreal, Canada and Lausanne, Switzerland). Both groups received YF17D (ratio measured 1 week after administration) and the polyI CLC, averaged on all participants.
  • Table 10 shows that there is a representative set of genes that is being regulated after administration of immune response stimulants. This suggests that the arsenal of observed genes may be regarded as the genes related to the M phenotype in a person.
  • Table 11 shows that among the cohort of individuals tested in Group A, a phenotype can be seen as provided in bold.
  • the individuals that show a marked increase in the genes expression following stimulation of the immune response are suggested to correspond to individuals that will be able to use their immune system or to respond to therapy or both.
  • the individuals that show a low increase in the genes expression are given in plain numbers and correspond to individuals that will not be able to use their own immune system, will not respond to treatment or both.
  • FIGS. 27A-B is a graph showing simulation instructing how much PI is needed per each individuals M and virus K.
  • the PI effectively increases the individuals M
  • M the quicker an individual to become a responder with the same PI.
  • a simulator may be used to guide any clinical decision on the frequency of treatment (by simulation that changes each point on the graph 2 days or 3 days instead of one week).
  • such a simulator may also indicate if and how much further combined therapy, for example protease inhibitors (PI) is required.
  • PI protease inhibitors
  • Example 2B infection of macrophages with influenza H1N1 and H5N1 strains, led to a significant elevation in the expression of the ubiquitin genes.
  • the virulent strain, H5N1 showed a clear enhanced induction of the expression of said genes.
  • the virulence of the pathogen as determined by measuring the increase in virus load, is correlated with the extent of the induced expression of the ubiquitin genes of the invention, specifically, ISG15, USP18, HERC5 and UBE2L6, the inventors have analyzed data of different host cells infected with three strains of influenza virus.
  • GSE31518, GSE 31471 and GSE31472 provide gene expression data obtained at 2, 4, 6, 8 and 10 hours post infection of three different host cell lines (A549, MDCK and CEF) with three different Influenza A virus strains, pH1N1 (A/Singapore/478/2009), H9N2 and H5N2.
  • Table 12 presents virus load (as indicated by measuring the vRNA copy number) of the three influenza strains 10 hr post infection of each of the three different host cell lines.
  • FIG. 28 shows sum of the expression of the ubiquitin genes, ISG15, USP18, HERC5, UBE2L6, as measured in A549 cells at 2, 4, 6, 8 and 10 hours post infection with the three different influenza strains. A significant correlation between viral load in the infected A549 and the Ubiquitin genes sum expression is clearly observed.
  • the inventors have next examined the feasibility of using data of virus load and gene expression data to evaluate the ability of a specific individual (having a specific M value), to overcome an infection of a specific pathogen having a specific replication rate. Therefore, gene expression data of healthy human volunteers inoculated with intranasal influenza A H1N1 and H3N2 strains was analyzed by the inventors.
  • Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE52428 provide gene expression data obtained from microarrays assay of peripheral blood at baseline and every 8 hours for 7 days following intranasal influenza A H1N1 or H3N2 inoculation in healthy volunteers.
  • FIG. 29 shows the sum of the expression of the 4 ubiquitin genes of the invention in different time points up to 120 hr post infection of H3N2 in all nine individuals (numbered as 1 to 9).
  • Simulation based on the model of the invention as described in Example 1 was performed using the data of all 9 infected individuals based on the calculated rate of induced expression of the ubiquitin genes, ISG15. USP18, HERC5 and UBE2L6.
  • FIGS. 30 and 31 present the result of such simulation using the data of individual 6. Assuming that individual I is infected with a virus having a replication rate of 1.93 every 6 hrs, as presented in FIG. 30 , the sum of the expression of the 4 genes, is maximal between 12 to 18 hrs post infection, and reduced after 36 hrs, as shown in the lower panel of the figure. The rate of expression of these genes is correlated to the replication of the virus, that is maximal between 12 to 18 hrs post infection and is significantly reduced after 36 hrs, indicating that the specific individual may successfully reduce the virus load of a virus having replication rate of 1.93, and therefore overcome the infection.
  • FIG. 31 presents simulation of the same individual infected with a virus having a little higher replication rate, of 1.94.
  • the same individual when confronted with said virus, shows increase in the gene expression of the signatory genes of the invention (bottom panel), however, 24 hrs post infection, the replication rate of the virus increases with no corresponding increase in the expression of the signatory genes, indicating that said individual may experience failure of overcoming an infection of virus having a rate of replication of 1.94 each 6 hrs.
  • M as it is measured for the whole range (min to max) or alternatively, as it is made of the segmented parts measured for the individual.
  • the inventors next evaluated the ability of calculating the M parameter of an individual (that reflects the ability of a specific individual to overcome a pathologic disorder), infected by HCV in this case, from the measured data of the expression of the signatory genes of the invention, namely, UBE2L6, USP18, HERC5, OAS2 and ISG15, and the reduction in virus load as measured 4 weeks after treatment with Interferon alpha. Therefore, RT-PCR analysis of the genetic profile in Peripheral Blood Mononucleated Cell (PBMC) and liver tissue of HCV patients was performed on samples obtained before initiation of IFN- ⁇ treatment, and one month after.
  • PBMC Peripheral Blood Mononucleated Cell
  • the expression levels of the following genes: UBE2L6, USP18, HERC5, OAS2 and ISG1 (using 3 probes) in each patient was measured by RT-PCR and normalized to a control gene GAPDH.
  • the virus load was determined before treatment and 4 weeks after treatment with IFN- ⁇ using commercial kits.
  • Ex max is a maximal measured sum expression value of the five genes and Ex min is a minimal measured sum expression value of the five genes within a population and Ex samp is the measured sum expression value of the five genes for a specific patient within this population, to whom the M is calculated.
  • responders Based on the results of the change in virus load measured before treatment and after 4 weeks of treatment, two populations of HCV patients were defined: responders and non-responders.
  • a responder was considered as a patient that the amount of viral load was reduced by more than 100 within 4 weeks, (2 in log 10).
  • a non-responder was considered as a patient that the amount of viral load was reduced by less than 100 within 4 weeks, (2 in log 10).
  • the patients denoted as p2, p1, p3, p5, p4, and p8 experienced an amount of down regulation of virus load higher than 100 (observed as 2 in log 10 scale) and are thus considered responders to IFN- ⁇ treatment in line with the definition above.
  • patients denoted as p6 and p7 experienced an amount of down regulation of virus load lower than 100 (observed as 2 in log 10 scale) and are thus considered non-responders to IFN- ⁇ treatment in line with the definition above.
  • Table 13 shows M values and their corresponding virus load decline in each of the 4 weeks of treatment with Peg Interferon as calculated by the model of the invention as described in Example 1.
  • Table 14 shows the correlation between the measured fold of virus load reduction after 1 month of interferon treatment (second column from left), and the measured expression of the 4 genes of the invention (the third column from left presents sum of the expression values of all 4 genes, each value scaled between 0 to 1).
  • the measured reduction in virus load was about 16,000 folds, going back to the simulation of reduction in virus load as a parameter of M value, as presented in Table 13, an M value of about 0.992 is correlated with reduction of about 15,625 folds in the measured virus load.
  • This predicted M value (shown in the second column from left), is correlated to a scaled expression value of 0.25.
  • patient p6 that showed only 3.48 folds reduction in virus load was correlated with a scaled expression of 0.9, and a low M value of 0.87 (in the simulation Table 13, reduction of about 3.6 folds is correlated with an M value of 0.87).
  • the right column of Table 14 shows scaled M values, of between 0 to 1, were the lowest M value, 0.87, was considered as 0 (as shown for patient p6), and the higher M value in the simulation, 0.9981, is considered as 1 (as shown for patient p8).
  • scaled expression values sum of the expression values of the 4 signatory genes
  • FIG. 33 clearly shows that the four responders have M values between 0.95 to 1 while their expression value of the signatory genes is below 0.5.
  • the two non responders (p6 and p7 having low M values and a corresponding high levels of initial expression of the signature genes, of above 0.9.
  • FIGS. 34A and 34B Further analysis of the sum of the expression of two genes, HERC5 and UBE2L6 in HCV patients is shown in FIGS. 34A and 34B .
  • patients denoted as p2, p1, p3, p4, p8, p11, p101 and p12 experienced clear reduction of virus load that is more than by 100 (observed as 2 in log 10 scale) and are thus considered responders to IFN- ⁇ treatment in line with the definition above
  • patients denoted as p6 and p7 experienced reduction of virus load lower than by 100 (observed as 2 in log 10 scale) and are thus considered non-responders to IFN- ⁇ treatment in line with the definition above.
  • Patient p12 experienced a reduction in virus load of 2.02 and thus theoretically should be considered as responder. However, in the following analysis, this patient was not categorized to any one of the groups since the value of 2.02 is in the border between responders and non-responders.
  • FIG. 34A Analysis of the gene as described above is shown in FIG. 34A .
  • a strong correlation was observed between the sum expression of the five genes and the patient's response to IFN treatment.
  • a lower expression value was measured in patients p2, p1, p3, p4, p8, p11, p101 and p12 who were found responsive to IFN treatment.
  • a high expression value was measured in patients p6 and p7 who were found not responsive.
  • FIG. 34B shows the experimental M value calculated for each one of the tested patients presented in FIG. 34A .
  • HCV liver tissue may be considered different than the effect in blood samples.
  • PBMC the specificity of the cells is not as clear and the inventors assume it's in a close range to the shaded amount transferred to the blood from the source hepatocytes.
  • the cutoff value may be calculated by using the following equation:
  • the theoretical M cutoff value is 0.8.
  • the inventor assumes for this example the range of M to be between 7.9 to 8.9 and scaled M accordingly. Once more viral loads data points in time were received the final range for the group was narrower (0.815 to 0.862). It should be noted that there is an inverse correlation between the calculated M value and the sum of the genes expression.
  • FIG. 35 shows the patients denoted as p208, p213, p102, p201, p211, p203, p204, p202 and p101 experienced a reduction of virus load by more than 100 (observed as 2 in log 10 scale) and are thus considered responders to IFN- ⁇ treatment in line with the definition above.
  • patients denoted as p206 and p207 experienced reduction of virus load that is lower than by 100 (observed as 2 in log 10 scale) and are thus considered non-responders to IFN- ⁇ treatment in line with the definition above.
  • Patient denoted as p212 experienced reduction regulation of virus load of 2.02 and is thus considered on the boarder between responder and non-responder to IFN- ⁇ treatment in line with the definition above.
  • the inventors have used the virus load measured or each patient at the beginning and at the end of the experiment and used these parameters for the model simulation to obtain a value of M for each patient, taking into account that K for HCV in blood samples is 5 [Ruy M. Ribeiro et al., (2012)].
  • FIG. 36 shows for each patient the normalized simulated M value (black box) and the normalized expression of HERC5 gene (open box). As can be seen, an inverse correlation is observed between the M value and the expression of HERC5 gene, with the patients being considered as responsive having considerably higher M value and the patients being considered as non-responsive having considerably lower M value.
  • the patient denoted as p212 that was considered on the boarder with respect to the virus load and responsive with respect to the HERC5 expression, has an intermediate M value. Simulation of the data of the patient denoted as p212 for a long time period of three month resulted in a M value correlating to responsiveness (data not shown).
  • liver tissue analysis of HCV patients is shown in FIGS. 37A and 37B .
  • the patients denoted as p25, s12, p24, p26, s6, p22, s5 and s13 experienced reduction of virus load higher than by 100 (observed as 2 in log 10 scale) and are thus considered responders to IFN- ⁇ treatment in line with the definition above.
  • patients denoted as p27, s20, p23, s18, s15, p21, s16, cts17 and sb11 experienced an amount of down regulation of virus load lower than 100 (observed as 2 in log 10 scale) and are thus considered non-responders to IFN- ⁇ treatment in line with the definition above.
  • results presented in FIG. 37A demonstrate that the sum of normalized and scaled expression of the five genes UBE2L6, USP18, HERC5, OAS2 and ISG15 was significantly lower in patients that were considered as responders (patients p25, s12, p24, p26, s6, p22, s5 and s13) compared to the sum of the normalized expression in patients considered as non-responders (patients p25, s12, p24, p26, s6, p22, s5 and s13).
  • FIG. 37B shows the experimental M value for each one of the tested patients as in FIG. 37A .
  • the M value (that may be considered as a cut off to distinguish between responders and non-responders may range between 00.835 to 0.855.
  • M 0.79 to 0.89.
  • An M value that is higher than 0.72, clearly reduce virus load thereby eliminating the disease caused by a virus with k 4. This may indicate that either the immune system or IFN treatment regimen or both succeed in eliminating the virus.
  • HCV patients characterized by M values of above 0.8 will most likely be able to reduce or eliminate the disease.
  • FIG. 38 shows a differential genetic expression obtained in liver biopsies of responders and non-responders HCV patients after combined therapy as described in Masao H. et al. Specifically, the left hand side shows the ratio of expression level of genes in responders vs. non-responders at day 0 (namely, before treatment), whereas the right hand side shows the results obtained after one week following treatment of IFN and RBV. The results provide a representative set of genes having a low expression value before treatment in patients who are referred to as responders. One week after treatment, these genes were clearly up regulated in the responders group.
  • FIG. 39A shows the expression of HERC5 before treatment
  • FIG. 39B shows the expression of HERC5 after one week of treatment relative to the expression before treatment.
  • FIG. 39A show that the initial HERC5 expression level in responders (including the patients defined as TR is low compared to non-responders.
  • FIG. 39B a week after treatment, a clear elevation in the expression of HERC5 gene appears in the responder group (and in the patients defined as TR), whereas the non-responders show a clear reduction. Based on these results it may be suggested that the expression level of this gene in responders is close to its saturation level, and therefore interferon cannot induce elevation in the expression of these genes.
  • the inventors of the present application then used the virus load data measured for each patient at different time points in a model simulation as described herein to obtain an M value for each one of the tested patients (assuming that k is 5).
  • FIG. 40 show normalized M value obtained from the model simulation for each one of the patients. The results indicate that the patients being considered as non-responsive have considerably lower M values, whereas the patients that show response (defined as SVR or TR) have considerably higher M values.
  • the M values calculated from the model simulation described herein were correlated to normalized expression of HERC5 in order to obtain a “calibration data” of M values.
  • Table 16 shows for each patient, the normalized expression of HERC5 before treatment and the model calculated M value. Such calibration data may be further used for derivation of M.
  • the patients category NR, SVR or TR is as defined above.
  • HCV patients Seventeen HCV patients were examined in this study as also presented in Example 11 and FIGS. 37A and 37B .
  • the expression of HERC5 was determined for each one of the patients before initiation of treatment using RT-PCR.
  • the patients were categorized into responders or non-responders as shown in FIG. 37 .
  • Example 12 Using the calibration curve prepared in Example 12, the inventors have determined for each one of the patients, an M value based on the experimental normalized value of expression of HERC5. It should be noted that the inventor considers treatment with every day using IFN plus ribavirin, as the best way for calculating an accurate M and therefore approximates the treatment with PegIFN during the week.
  • Table 17 shows the normalized expression of HERC5 as measured by RT-PCT and the M value determined using the calibration data described above.
  • FIGS. 41A and 41B show results of model simulation for s18 and p25, respectively providing calculated predicted virus load.
  • patient denoted as p25 having an initial virus load of 4,539 and a derived M value of 0.95 exhibits a decrease in virus load after a month up to a value basically to baseline level. This strongly correlates with the fact that no virus load was measured in this patient after four weeks of treatment as presented in Table 18.
  • IFN treatment would not reduce viral load and therefore should be avoided.
  • M value of 0.795 p18
  • eradication of the virus is achieved within several days (less than a week) of treatment.
  • the data shown herein therefore also provide means to determine the treatment duration and also type of treatment.
  • FIG. 42 shows the model simulation (right curve) of the data providing a M value of 0.82.
  • the simulated M value (of 0.82) was then used together with the initial average virus load in a further simulation that used different dosing regimen, twice a week instead of once weekly. As can be seen in the left curve of FIG. 42 , treatment twice a week was more efficient.
  • the patient denoted as s18 was further used in a model simulation of treatment regimen.
  • the treatment outcome was simulated.
  • the right curve in FIG. 43 there was an increase in virus load indicating that the patient was not responsive to treatment.
  • increasing the dosing regimen from once a week to twice a week did not result in a response to treatment. This data suggest that even treating this patient with higher amount and/or different regimen is not efficient and new medications need to be used.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Medical Informatics (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Evolutionary Biology (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Computational Biology (AREA)
  • Primary Health Care (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)

Abstract

The invention relates to methods and kits for determining and optimizing a personalized treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder based on calculating the value of M, that indicates the ability of said subject to eliminate said disorder. The invention specifically relates to optimization of interferon treatment of viral disorders.

Description

    CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/303,427, filed on Oct. 11, 2016, which is a National Phase of PCT Patent Application No. PCT/IL2015/050363 having International filing date of Apr. 2, 2015, which claims the benefit of priority under 35 U. S.C. § 119(e) of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/977,966, filed on Apr. 10, 2014. The contents of the above applications are all incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein in their entirety.
    • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The invention relates to personalized medicine. More specifically, the invention provides methods and kits for determining and optimizing a treatment regimen of a medicament, for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder.
    • BACKGROUND REFERENCES
  • References considered to be relevant as background to the presently disclosed subject matter are listed below:
      • Chen Limin, et al., Gastroenterology 128:1437-1444 (2005).
      • Taylor, M W, et al., Journal of Virology 81:3391-3401 (2007).
      • van Baarsen L G, et al., PLoS ONE 3:e1927 (2008).
      • Zeremski M, et al., J. Acquir. Immune. Defic. Syndr. 45:262-268 (2007).
      • Tarantino G, et al., Digestive and Liver Disease 40:A1-A40 (2008).
      • US2009/157324
      • WO10/076788
      • Sadlet A J et al, Nature Reviews Immunology 8: 559 (2008)
      • Grinde B, et al, Virol J. 4: 24 (2007)
      • David Stifflerl J. et al., PLoS ONE 4(8) e6661 (2009)
  • Acknowledgement of the above references herein is not to be inferred as meaning that these are in any way relevant to the patentability of the presently disclosed subject matter.
    • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Determining treatment protocols that may be suitable for each individual or a subset of individuals is highly desirable. Clinical diagnosis and management has been long focused on clinical sign and symptoms of a patient in order to treat specific diseases. Recently along with the advances in genetic profiling, it became possible to understand the impact of genetic variability as measured in individuals or subsets of individuals on the disease progression.
  • Personalized medicine is therefore aimed at enabling decisions and practices to the individual patient by use for example of genetic information.
  • It has been recently shown that evaluating the differences in the genetic profile of the two or more groups of patients can provide valuable insight into resistant to treatment.
  • For example, interferon therapy is widely used in the treatment of a variety of diseases including for example, multiple sclerosis (MS), hepatitis B, hepatitis C, inflammatory diseases and many cancers types. However, not all subjects treated with interferon equally respond to this therapy and moreover, responsive subjects experience relapse of the disease after remission periods. In fact, in both MS and type 1 hepatitis C Virus (HCV) the success of treatment is only about 50%, namely about half of the patients administered with interferon will not benefit but rather experience only related side effects.
  • Chen et al. 2005, compared the gene expression levels in liver specimens taken before treatment from 15 non-responders and 16 responders to Pegylated interferon (IFN-alpha), identified 18 genes that have a significantly different expression between all responders and all non-responders and concluded that up-regulation of a specific set of interferon-responsive gens predict non response to exogenous treatment.
  • Taylor M., et al. 2007, found that the induced levels of known interferon-stimulated genes such as the OAS1, OAS2, MX1, IRF-7 and TLR-7 genes is lower in poor-response patients than in marked- or intermediate-response patients.
  • Van Baarsen et al., 2008 show that the expression level of interferon response genes in the peripheral blood of multiple sclerosis patients prior to treatment can serve a role as a biomarker for the differential clinical response to interferon beta.
  • Zeremaki M, et al., 2007 showed that PEG-interferon induced elevations in IP-10 are greater in responders than in non-responders after the first PEG-interferon dose.
  • Tarantino et al., 2008 described that serum levels of B-Lymphocyes stimulator (BLyS) have a potential role as a predictor of outcome in patients with acute hepatitis C.
  • The Inventor previous US Patent Application, US2009157324 describes a computational method for selecting a group of genes from a predetermined group of genes whose expression level is significantly different among a first group of individuals (being for example responders to a treatment) and comparing their expression in a second group of individuals (for example not responders). The statistical significance of each group of genes is determined in both up regulated genes or down regulated genes, namely their expression in the first group is higher or lower than in the second group, respectively. The genes in both groups (up regulated and down regulated) are ranked according to number of times each gene was ranked in the highest statistical significant score. A subset of genes having the highest score, either up regulated or down regulated are then selected as biomarkers.
  • In another application by the Inventor, International Patent Publication WO10076788, computational and experimental methods are provided for predicting the responsiveness of a subject to interferon therapy by measuring the expression level of various genes such as OAS3, IF16, ISG15, OAS2, IFIT1, KIR3DL3, KIR3DL2, KIR3DL1, KIR2DL1, KIR2DL2, KIR2DL3, KLRG1, KIR3DS1, CD160, HLA-A, HLA-B, HLA-C, HLA-F, HLA-G and IFI27. Specifically, the inventor has found that OAS3, IF16, ISG15, OAS2 and IFIT1 are up-regulated in patients that do not respond to interferon treatment as compared to patients that respond to interferon therapy or compared to healthy controls.
  • Thus, the correlations between genetic profiling and personalized medicine, namely treatment regimens, needs to be considered for predicting response to therapy, predicting treatment success and monitoring disease prognosis and pathogenesis, specifically chances for disease relapse.
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • A first aspect of the invention relates to a method for determining and optimizing a personalized treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder. In certain embodiments, the method of the invention comprises the step of:
  • First step (a) involves calculating and determining the value of M. The value M indicates the ability, capability of a specific subject, in this case, the examined subject, to eliminate the specific disorder.
  • More specifically, the value of the individual's M reflects the efficiency of the specific tested subject in cellular elements that are required for challenging and eliminating a specific disorder. In certain embodiments the M value indicates the strength of the individual's innate immunity, and may be used for predicting it's ability to eliminate a specific disorder.
  • The next step (b), involves determining the value of M1 that indicates the minimal ability required for eliminating said disorder.
  • In the nest step (c), providing the dose A1 and number B1 of administrations of such dose to obtain an amount C1 of a specific medicament required for eliminating a specific disorder in subjects having a value of M that is equal or above the optimal M1 value, wherein A1*B1=C1.
  • The next step (d) involves calculating the dose A and number B of administrations of such specific dose A to obtain an amount C1 required for the examined subject having the specific M value determined and calculated in step (a). More specifically, the specific optimal dose required for a successful treatment for the tested subject would be A=A1/(M1/M). The specific number of administrations of such dose may be calculated using the formula B=B1*(M1/M); thereby determining and optimizing the treatment regimen for the specific tested subject.
  • A further aspect of the invention relates to a kit for determining and optimizing a personalized treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder.
  • In certain embodiments, such kit may comprise elements required for performing any of the methods described above. More specifically, such kit may comprise:
  • (a) detecting molecules specific for determining the level of expression of at least one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7 and IFI6 genes in a biological sample. In certain embodiments the kits of the invention may further comprise detecting molecules for the STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes and any combinations thereof with any of the marker genes of the invention.
  • The kit of the invention further comprises (b), means for calculating the M value of a tested subject. As noted above, the M value indicates the ability of said subject to eliminate said disorder. The kit of the invention further comprises (c) means for calculating the value of M1 or a standard M1 value calculated for a responder population. As indicated above, the M1 value indicates the minimal ability, or in other words, the optimal M1 value required for a successful elimination of the disorder. Finally, the kit of the invention comprises (d) means for calculating the dose A and number B of administrations of said dose A to obtain an amount C of said medicament required for said subject.
  • In yet a further aspect, the invention provides a computer software product for determining and optimizing a personalized treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder. Such product comprising a computer readable medium in which program instructions are stored, which instructions, when read by a computer, cause the computer to: (a) calculate and determine the value of M that indicates the ability of said subject to eliminate said disorder; (b) determine the value of M1, that indicates the minimal ability required for eliminating said disorder. (c) calculate the dose A and number B of administrations of said dose A to obtain an amount C required for said subject having said M determined/calculated in step (a), from predetermined dose A1 and number B1 of administrations of said dose, using the formula of A=A1/(M1/M) and B=B1*(M1/M).
    • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • In order to understand the disclosure and to see how it may be carried out in practice, embodiments will now be described, by way of non-limiting example only, with reference to the accompanying drawings, in which:
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic representation at the cellular level of a cell infected with a virus that is multiplied by a rate K followed by the regulation of specific genes caused either by the immune system or by an external treatment that may lead to viral elimination by rate M. The virus or other viruses may penetrate other cells by a certain rate. As schematically illustrated here, the virus may be destroyed by the activity of a set of proteins encoded by a set of genes for example, ISG15, USP18, HERC5 and OAS, in the UPS (Ubiquitin Proteasome System).
  • FIG. 2 shows MATLAB simulation of the model with k=2 and p=0 as constant parameters and M being varied from 0 to 1. The lower line represents 0.1 of initial load and provides information whether the down regulation was more than one tenth of the initial virus load.
  • FIG. 3 shows MATLAB simulation of the model with k=3 and p=0 as constant parameters and M being varied from 0 to 1. The lower line represents 0.1 of initial load and provides information whether the down regulation was more than one tenth of the initial virus load.
  • FIG. 4 shows MATLAB simulation of the model including PI administration with k=2, p=0 and M=0.44 as constant parameters and M1 being varied from 0 to 0.44. As shown by the figure, the optimal M1 should be over 0.3 using the PI treatment.
  • FIG. 5 is a volcano plot showing the significant changes in the expression level of different genes in West Nile virus (WNV) infected retinal pigment epithelial (RPE). Expression data was obtained Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE30719. The “X”-axis represents log 2 of ratio between gene expression measured after 24 hours after infection and a baseline level of the same gene measured before infection, the points present to the right of the right vertical line (shown at a value of 1 on the x-axis), represent genes that were up regulated by more than 2 folds. The “Y” axis shows the p value assigned to each point. The horizontal line corresponds to p-value of 0.05, with points above this line correspond to a p values lower than 0.05 (namely, more significant).
  • FIG. 6 is a volcano plot showing the significant changes in the expression level of different genes in H1N1 (left) compare to H5N1 (right). Expression data was obtained from Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE18816. The “X”-axis represents log 2 of ratio between gene expression measured after 6 hours after infection and a baseline level of the same gene measured before infection, the points present to the right of the right vertical line (shown at a value of 1 on the x-axis), represent genes that were up regulated by more than 2 folds. The “Y” axis shows the p value assigned to each point. The horizontal line corresponds to p-value of 0.05, with points above this line correspond to a p values lower than 0.05 (namely, more significant).
  • FIG. 7 is a volcano plot showing the significant changes in the expression level of different genes in blood of children infected with dengue virus. Expression data was obtained from Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE13052. The “X”-axis represents log 2 of ratio between gene expression measured 4 days after infection in 9 acute dengue shock patients and a baseline level of the same gene measured in 9 acute uncomplicated dengue patients, the points present to the right of the right vertical line (shown at a value of 1 on the x-axis), represent genes that were up regulated by more than 2 folds. The “Y” axis shows the p value assigned to each point. The horizontal line corresponds to p-value of 0.05, with points above this line correspond to a p values lower than 0.05 (namely, more significant).
  • FIG. 8 is a volcano plot showing the significant changes in the expression level of different genes in liver biopsies of ten responders and ten non-responders HCV patients before treatment (left) and after one week of IFN and Rib treatment (right). Expression data was obtained from Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE17183. The “X”-axis represents log 2 of ratio between gene expression measured in responders vs. non-responders, the points present to the right of the right vertical line (shown at a value of 1 on the x-axis), represent genes that were up regulated by more than 2 folds whereas the points present to the left of the left vertical line (shown at a value of −0.75 on the x-axis), represent genes that were down regulated by more than 2 folds. The “Y” axis shows the p value assigned to each point. The horizontal line corresponds to p-value of 0.05, with points above this line correspond to a p values lower than 0.05 (namely, more significant).
  • FIG. 9 is a volcano plot showing the significant changes in the expression level of different genes in MS patients three months after treatment with IFN-β. Expression data was obtained from Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No GSE16214. The “X”-axis represents log 2 of ratio between gene expression measured in after treatment, the points present to the right of the right vertical line (shown at a value of 1 on the x-axis), represent genes that were up regulated by more than 2 folds. The “Y” axis shows the p value assigned to each point. The horizontal line corresponds to p-value of 0.05, with points above this line correspond to a p values lower than 0.05 (namely, more significant).
  • FIGS. 10A and 10B are graphs showing the expression of IFI27, IFI44L, IFI6, MX1 and ISG15 genes measured in PBMCs of MS patients before (FIG. 10A) and three month after treatment with interferon alpha (IFN-α) (FIG. 10B). Expression data was downloaded from Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No GSE16214. The “X”-axis represents the subject number and the “Y” axis represents the normalized expression level of the genes.
  • FIG. 11 is a graph showing the sum of the expression of the USP18, IFI44, MX1, IFI44L, OAS3, HERC5 and RSAD2 genes (square) and the relapse rate (diamond) of 50 MS patients (patients are indicated in the X-axis.
  • FIG. 12 is a graph illustrating the differential expression as calculated from the sum of the common genes, MX1, IFITM3, IFI44L, HERC5, IFI44, IFI6, OAS1, OAS3, RSAD2, IFIT1, IFIT3 and DDX58 in RA patients that are responders and non-responders to infliximab (influx) treatment, and responders and non-responders to RTX treatment (Rituxi=Rituximab).
  • FIG. 13 is a graph showing the sum of expression of the IFI27, ISG15, IFIH1, IFI44L, OAS2, DDX58, IFIT1 and IFI6 genes in 44 HIV patients treated with HAART (squares) and the virus load (diamonds).
  • FIG. 14 is a graph showing the expression of the ISG15, HERC5, USP10 and UBE2L6 genes, in the ferret experimental groups as indicated therein.
  • FIG. 15 is a graph showing the clustering of genes measured for a population of 15 healthy individuals. Expression data was downloaded from Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No GSE838. The “X” axis denotes the tested individual and the “Y” axis represents the measured genes.
  • FIG. 16 is a graph showing the expression of IGS15, IFIT1, OAS2 and USP18 genes measured in healthy individuals. Expression data was downloaded from Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No GSE838 the “X”-axis represents the subject number (patients 1-15) and the “Y” axis represents the normalized expression level of the genes ranging from 0 to 1.
  • FIG. 17 is a graph showing the clustering of genes measured for a population of 145 healthy individuals. Expression data was downloaded from Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No GSE3649. The “X” axis denotes the tested individual and the “Y” axis represents the measured genes
  • FIG. 18 is a graph showing the expression IGS15 and IFIT1 gene measured in healthy individuals. Expression data was downloaded from Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE3649. The “X”-axis represents the subject number and the “Y” axis represents the normalized expression level of the genes ranging from 0 to 1.
  • FIG. 19 is a volcano plot showing the significant changes in the expression level of different genes in healthy individuals 24 hours following injection of poly ICLC. Expression data was obtained from Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No GSE32862. The “X”-axis represents log 2 of ratio between gene expression measured 24 hours as compared to base line level before administration, the points present to the right of the right vertical line (shown at a value of 1 on the x-axis), represent genes that were up regulated by more than 2 folds. The “Y” axis shows the p value assigned to each point. Abbreviations: val. (value); rat. (ratio).
  • FIG. 20 is a volcano plot showing the significant changes in the expression level of different genes in healthy individuals 24 hours following injection of poly ICLC. Expression data was obtained from Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No GSE32862. The “X”-axis represents log 2 of ratio between gene expression measured 24 hours as compared to base line level before administration, the points present to the right of the right vertical line (shown at a value of 1 on the x-axis), represent genes that were up regulated by more than 2 folds. The “Y” axis shows the p value assigned to each point. Abbreviations: val. (value); rat. (ratio). The genes ISG15, HERC5 and UBE2L6 are given in squares, IFI44 set (in triangle pointing right), IFIT set (in circles), OAS set (in triangles pointing left), triggers DDX58, TLR7, IFIH1, MYd88.
  • FIG. 21 is a graph showing principal component analysis (PCA) of the expression level of IFIT1, IFI44L, IFI6 and ISG15. The data was obtained from PBMC of healthy donors 24 hours after administration of poly ICLC as compared to baseline levels.
  • FIG. 22 are graphs showing timing of genes dynamics. Dashed lines correspond to non responders and full lines to responders. X-axis represents time and the Y-axis represents expression of the indicated genes.
  • FIG. 23 are graphs showing timing of genes dynamics for longer periods. Dashed lines correspond to non responders and full lines to responders. X-axis represents time and the Y-axis represents expression of the indicated genes.
  • FIG. 24 is a histogram graph showing the changes in genes expression after 24 hours following PolyC treatment in healthy donors divided by baseline level of the same gene.
  • FIG. 25 is a graph showing the calculation of M from the model equations.
  • FIGS. 26A-26B is a graph showing simulation of replication vs. immune defense, per different M. As can be seen for the same individual with an M value suitable for K=3, that is calculated as follows M=1−⅓=0.66 being infected by a variety of viruses with varying K (multiplication rate). FIG. 26A shows that at K rate higher than 3, the virus progresses. FIG. 26B shows situation where K smaller than M, attenuation of the virus is achieved. The X-axis represents time from initial infection different k values and the Y-axis represents the virus load per the different k values.
  • FIGS. 27A-27B is a graph showing simulation instructing how much PI is needed per each individuals M and virus K. The PI effectively increases the individuals M, FIG. 27A shows an individual with M=0.6, FIG. 27B shows an individual with M=0.8 both are affected by the same range of PI injections. The better M the quicker an individual to become a responder with the same PI.
  • FIG. 28 is a graph showing sum of the expression of the ubiquitin genes, ISG15, USP18, HERC5, UBE2L6, as measured in A549 cells at 2, 4, 6, 8 and 10 hours post infection with the three different influenza strains.
  • FIG. 29 is a graph showing the sum of the expression of the ubiquitin genes, ISG15, USP18, HERC5 and UBE2L6 in different time points up to 120 hr (X-axis) post infection of H3N2, in nine different individuals. Each individual is represented in one panel numbered 1 to 9.
  • FIG. 30 is a graph showing the simulation results, in the upper panel the virus load of a virus having replication rate of 1.93, the lower panel shows the sum of the expression of the 4 genes, in individual 6 as presented in FIG. 29.
  • FIG. 31 is a graph showing the simulation results, in the upper panel the virus load of a virus having replication rate of 1.94, the lower panel shows the sum of the expression of the 4 genes, in individual 6 as presented in FIG. 29.
  • FIG. 32 is a bar graph showing the normalized and scaled sum expression of the genes UBE2L6, USP18, HERC5, OAS2 and ISG15 in each one of the tested patients and the amount of reduction in virus load.
  • FIG. 33 is a bar graph showing the normalized and scaled (0-1) sum expression of the five genes UBE2L6, USP18, HERC5 and OAS2 in each one of the tested patients and the scaled M values of each patient as calculated using the simulation.
  • FIGS. 34A and 34B are bar graphs showing the sum expression of HERC5 and UBE2L6 genes (FIG. 34A) and the M value (FIG. 34B) in IFN responsive and non-responsive HCV patients. The data was obtained from PBMC of HCV patients.
  • FIG. 35 is a bar graph showing the expression of HERC5 and the viral load in responsive and non-responsive HCV patients. The data was obtained from PBMC of HCV patients.
  • FIG. 36 is a bar graph showing the normalized expression of HERC5 gene (open box) and normalized M value (black box) obtained from model simulation using viral load data in responsive and non-responsive HCV patients. The data was obtained from PBMC of HCV patients.
  • FIGS. 37A to 37C are graphs showing correlation between gene expression and M value, with FIG. 37A showing the sum of normalized and scaled expression of the five genes UBE2L6, USP18, HERC5, OAS2 and ISG15, FIG. 37B showing the M value calculated from the gene expression. The data was obtained from liver samples of HCV patients. FIG. 37C shows MATLAB simulation of the model with k=1.92 and p=0 as described herein.
  • FIG. 38 is a volcano plot showing the significant changes in the expression level of different genes in liver biopsies in responders and non-responders HCV patients before treatment (left) and after one week of IFN and Rib treatment (right). Expression data was obtained from Masao H. et al. The “X”-axis represents log 2 of ratio between gene expression measured in responders vs. non-responders, the points present to the right of the right vertical line (shown at a value of 1 on the x-axis), represent genes that were up regulated by more than 2 folds whereas the points present to the left of the left vertical line (shown at a value of −0.75 on the x-axis), represent genes that were down regulated by more than 2 folds. The “Y” axis shows the p value assigned to each point. The horizontal line corresponds to p-value of 0.05, with points above this line correspond to a p values lower than 0.05 (namely, more significant).
  • FIGS. 39A and 39B are graphs showing the expression of HERC5 gene expression before initiation of IFN and Rib treatment (FIG. 39A) and ratio between HERC5 gene expression measured after one week of treatment and a baseline level of the same gene measured before infection (FIG. 39B). The data was obtained from liver samples of HCV patients.
  • FIG. 40 is a graph showing normalized M value obtained from the model simulation for each one of the patients using the virus load data.
  • FIGS. 41A and 41B are model simulations predicting viral progression in a non responsive (FIG. 41A) and responsive (FIG. 41B) HCV patients.
  • FIG. 42 is a model simulation predicting treatment regimen in HCV patients having an M value of 0.82.
  • FIG. 43 is a model simulation predicting treatment regimen in HCV patient having an M value of 0.7995 (patient p18).
    •  DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • The importance of adjusting suitable treatment protocols is highly valuable and clinically desired in view of the fact that a large number of treatment protocols are often associated with some extent of undesired side effects, and moreover, may be unsuccessful. Thus, optimizing a treatment protocol before and/or at early stages after initiation of treatment and/or throughout or after a treatment period may avoid inadequate treatments, reduce unnecessary side effects and improve chance of success. Interferon is widely clinically used for treatment of a variety of diseases including for example inflammatory diseases such as hepatitis C infections, autoimmune diseases such as multiple sclerosis and different types of proliferative disorders. Significant therapeutic advances were made in the treatment of interferon associated diseases however, it is still difficult to determine at the time of disease diagnosis and treatment adjustments, which patients will respond to treatment and which would eventually relapse. Surprisingly, although interferon is considered as a state of art therapy in treatment of these diseases, many of the treated patients do not respond to the therapy and even if they do, many of the patients experience a relapse of the disease.
  • Thus, there is a critical need for reliable tailor-made optimization methods that will provide gaudiness and identification of treatment success and failure, breakthrough point and predict inadequate treatments, providing efficient dosing regimens of interferon.
  • Thus, a first aspect of the invention relates to a method for determining and optimizing a personalized treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder. In certain embodiments, the method of the invention comprises the step of:
  • First step (a) involves calculating and determining the value of M. It should be further noted that the value M indicates the ability of a specific subject, in this case, the examined subject, to eliminate the specific disorder. More specifically, the value of the individual's M reflects the efficiency of the specific tested subject in requiting cellular elements that are required for challenging and eliminating a specific disorder. In certain embodiments the M value indicates the strength of the individual's innate immunity, and may be used for predicting the individual's ability to eliminate a specific disorder.
  • The next step (b), involves determining the value of M1 that indicates the minimal ability required for eliminating the specific disorder. Moreover, the value M1 reflects the optimal threshold of the ability and efficiency of requiting elements required for eliminating a specific disorder. It should be noted that this value is calculated for populations of subjects that perform successful recovery in response to a certain treatment. In some embodiments, this group of subjects may be considered a “responders”.
  • In the next step (c), providing the dose A1 and number B1 of administrations of such dose to obtain an amount C1 of a specific medicament required for eliminating a specific disorder in subjects having a value of M that is equal or above the optimal M1 value, wherein A1*B1=C1.
  • The next step (d) involves calculating the dose A and number B of administrations of such specific dose A to obtain an amount C1 required for the examined subject having the specific M value determined and calculated in step (a). More specifically, the specific optimal dose required for a successful treatment for the tested subject would be A=A1/(M1/M). The specific number of administrations of such dose may be calculated using the formula B=B1*(M1/M); thereby determining and optimizing the treatment regimen for the specific tested subject.
  • According to more specific embodiments of the method of the invention, calculating the value of M of the tested individual may be performed using different approaches. It should be noted that such determination may be performed using any of the approaches of the invention or any combination thereof.
  • More specifically, determination of the specific M value of the tested individual may be performed by (I) using a static analysis. More specifically, “static” analysis means that the M value may be calculated for a specific individual even before starting a treatment with the particular medicament, and would not reflect any change occurring in response to such treatment.
  • In some embodiments, such approach may comprise the steps of:
  • First (Ia), determining the level of expression of at least one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7 and IFI6 genes in a biological sample of the tested subject, to obtain an expression value Exsamp in the tested sample. In certain embodiments of the method of the invention the level of expression of at least one of STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes may be also determined.
  • In the next step (Ib), providing a standard curve, specifically, predetermined standard curve of expression values of subjects suffering from the same pathologic disorder.
  • In the next step (Ic) Obtaining a maximal expression value Exmax and a minimal expression value Exon from the standard curve of (Ib), indicating the variance in the gene expression of a certain marker gene in a predetermined population; and finally, step (Id) Calculating the M value of the tested sample. Such calculation is based on using the following formula wherein M=1−[(Exsamp−Exmin)/(Exmax−Exmin)].
  • In yet another embodiment, as an approach for determining the individual's M value, an induced dynamic analysis (II) may be used. It should be appreciated that such approach is based on pre measurements of the M value for an individual, specifically, before such individual was affected by a certain pathologic disorder. More specifically, using such approach, the specific M value of a specific individual may be predetermined, providing information that may be used in the future in case such subject may be affected by any pathologic disorder. More specifically, such predetermined individual value may serve as valuable information that may be used for optimizing treatment regimen for such individual. Moreover, the method of the invention provides the use of such M value for specifically optimized treatment regimen suitable for a certain pathologic disorder.
  • In more specific embodiment, the induced dynamic analysis (II) comprises the steps of:
  • First (IIa), determining the level of expression of at least one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7 and IFI6 genes, and optionally of STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes in a biological sample of said subject, to obtain an expression value in the tested sample.
  • In the second step (IIb) exposing the tested subject to an immuno-stimulant. Alternatively, this step may be performed in vitro, more specifically, a sample of the examined subject may be contacted with an immuno-stimulant.
  • The next step (IIc) involves determining the level of expression of at least one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7 and IFI6 genes, and optionally of STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes in a sample of said individual that has been exposed to said immuno-stimulant. In case of the alternative in vitro analysis, determining the level of at least one of these marker genes in at least one other biological sample of the tested subject that has been contacted in vitro with the immuno-stimulant, as indicated in step (IIb).
  • In the next step (IId) calculating the rate of change between the expression value obtained in step (IIa), and the expression value obtained in step (IIc), thereby obtaining the rate of change in the sample RCsamp, more specifically, the rate of change in the expression of at least one of the marker genes of the invention, in response to such immuno-stimulant. Such change of expression reflects the intrinsic ability of the tested subject in requiting elements that may be involved in eliminating of any disorder, and therefore reflects the specific ability a certain subject to challenge disorders.
  • In the next step (IIe), providing a standard curve, specifically, predetermined standard curve of the rate of change in the expression of at least one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7 and IFI6 genes, and optionally of STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes or any combinations thereof in subjects treated with said immuno-stimulant. It should be noted that such predetermined standard curve is based on a population of healthy subjects (or non-diseased subjects) treated with the same immuno-stimulant.
  • In step (IIf) obtaining a maximal rate of change value RCmax and a minimal rate of change RCmin value from said standard curve of (IIe); and
  • In final step (IIg), calculating the M value of the tested sample using the formula: wherein M=[(RCsamp−RCmin)/(RCmax−RCmin)], thereby obtaining an M value of said subject.
  • In yet another alternative approach, were predetermined M values of an individual are not available, the invention provides a method for optimizing treatment regimen for a subject that has been already started a certain treatment, using a dynamic analysis (III) comprising:
  • In the first step (IIIa), determining the level of expression of at least one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7 and IFI6 genes, and optionally of STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes in a biological sample of the tested subject, to obtain an expression value in the tested sample. It should be noted that such sample should be obtained prior the initiation of the specific treatment with said medicament.
  • In the next step (IIIb) determining the level of expression of at least one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7 and IFI6 genes, and optionally of STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes in at least one other biological sample of the tested subject. Such at least one other sample should be obtained after the initiation of the specific treatment.
  • In step (IIIc) calculating the rate of change between the expression value obtained in step (IIIa), and the expression value obtained in step (IIIb), thereby obtaining the rate of change in the sample RCsamp, in response to such treatment.
  • In the next step (IId) providing a standard curve, specifically, predetermined standard curve of the rate of change in the expression of at least one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7 and IFI6 genes, and optionally of STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes in subjects suffering from the same disorder that were treated with the same medicament.
  • In step (IIe) obtaining a maximal rate of change value RCmax and a minimal rate of change value RCmin from the standard curve, specifically, predetermined standard curve of (IId); and
  • Finally in (IIf), calculating the M value of the tested sample using the following formula: wherein M=[(RCsamp−RCmin)/(RCmax−RCmin)], thereby obtaining an M value of said subject.
  • As indicated above, an essential step in the method of the invention is the determination of the expression level of several specific marker genes provided herein. In certain embodiments, these marker genes include at least one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7 and IFI6 or any combinations thereof.
  • In certain embodiments the methods of the invention may further use the STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes and any combinations thereof with any of the marker genes of the invention.
  • It should be therefore appreciated that the method of the invention may use at least one, at least two, at least three, at least four, at least five, at least six, at least seven, at least eight, at least nine, at least ten, at least eleven, at least twelve, at least thirteen, at least fourteen, at least fifteen, at least sixteen, at least seventeen, at least eighteen, at least nineteen, at least twenty, at least twenty one, at least twenty two, at least twenty three, at least twenty four, at least twenty five or at least twenty six of said marker genes, specifically of any one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7, IFI6, STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes and any combinations thereof. In yet some other embodiments the methods of the invention may use 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 and 26 or more or any combination of the marker genes of the invention. In yet further embodiments, the methods and kits of the invention may use any of the marker genes of the invention with any combination thereof with additional 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100 and more, specifically, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200 and more, specifically, 300, 350 or 400 further marker genes or control reference genes or any combinations thereof. In certain embodiments, such control reference gene (having an equal expression in samples of responsive and non-responsive subjects) may be a house keeping gene, for example, GAPDH or actin.
  • As mentioned above, the method and kits of the invention may use the marker genes provided herein, ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7, IFI6, STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes and any combination thereof.
  • More specifically, ISG15 ubiquitin-like modifier (ISG15) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_005101; SEQ ID NO: 1) encodes the ISG15 protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_005092.1; SEQ ID NO: 2). ISG15 is reported to be an ubiquitin-like protein that is conjugated to intracellular target proteins after IFN-alpha or IFN-beta stimulation. Its enzymatic pathway is partially distinct from that of ubiquitin, differing in substrate specificity and interaction with ligating enzymes. ISG15 conjugation pathway uses a dedicated E1 enzyme, but seems to converge with the ubiquitin conjugation pathway at the level of a specific E2 enzyme. Targets include STAT1, SERPINA3G/SPI2A, JAK1, MAPK3/ERK1, PLCG1, EIF2AK2/PKR, MX1/MxA, and RIG-1. It undergoes deconjugation by USP18/UBP43. It shows specific chemotactic activity towards neutrophils and activates them to induce release of eosinophil chemotactic factors. It was suggested to serve as a trans-acting binding factor directing the association of ligated target proteins to intermediate filaments.
  • Interferon-induced protein with tetratricopeptide repeats 1 (IFIT1) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_001548; SEQ ID NO: 3) encodes the IRF1 protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_001539; SEQ ID NO: 4).
  • Interferon-induced protein with tetratricopeptide repeats 2 (IFIT2) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_001547; SEQ ID NO: 5) encodes the IFIT2 protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_001538; SEQ ID NO: 6).
  • Interferon-induced protein with tetratricopeptide repeats 3 (IFIT3) gene (GenBank Accession Nos. NM_001031683; SEQ ID NO: 7, NM_001549; SEQ ID NO: 9) encodes the IFIT3 protein (GenBank Accession Nos. NP_001026853; SEQ ID NO: 8, NP_001540; SEQ ID NO: 10).
  • Interferon-induced protein with tetratricopeptide repeats 5 (IFIT5) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_012420; SEQ ID NO: 11) encodes the IFIT5 protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_036552; SEQ ID NO: 12).
  • 2′-5′-oligoadenylate synthetase 1 (OAS1) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_016816 SEQ ID NO:13, NM_002534 SEQ ID NO:15, NM_001032409 SEQ ID NO:17) encodes the OAS1 protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_058132 SEQ ID NO:14, NP_002525 SEQ ID NO:16, NP_001027581 SEQ ID NO:18). OAS1 encodes a member of the 2-5A synthetase family, essential proteins involved in the innate immune response to viral infection. The encoded protein is induced by interferons and uses adenosine triphosphate in 2′-specific nucleotidyl transfer reactions to synthesize 2′, 5′-oligoadenylates (2-5As). These molecules activate latent RNase L, which results in viral RNA degradation and the inhibition of viral replication. The three known members of this gene family are located in a cluster on chromosome 12. Mutations in this gene have been associated with host susceptibility to viral infection. Alternatively spliced transcript variants encoding different isoforms have been described.
  • 2′-5′-oligoadenylate synthetase 2 (OAS2) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_016817 SEQ ID NO:19, NM_002535 SEQ ID NO:21, NM_001032731 SEQ ID NO:23) encodes the OAS2 protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_058197 SEQ ID NO:20, NP_002526 SEQ ID NO:22, NP_001027903 SEQ ID NO:24).
  • 2′-5′-oligoadenylate synthetase 3 (OAS3) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_006187 SEQ ID NO:25) encodes the OAS3 protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_006178.2 SEQ ID NO:26). OAS3 may play a role in mediating resistance to virus infection, control of cell growth, differentiation, and apoptosis. OAS3 synthesizes preferentially dimeric 2′, 5′-oligoadenylate molecules. GTP can be an alternative substrate.
  • 2′-5′-oligoadenylate synthetase-like (OASL) gene (GenBank Accession Nos. NM_003733; SEQ ID NO: 27, NM_198213; SEQ ID NO: 29) encodes the OASL protein (GenBank Accession Nos. NP_003724; SEQ ID NO: 28, NP_937856; SEQ ID NO: 30).
  • HECT and RLD domain containing E3 ubiquitin protein ligase 5 (HERC5) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_016323; SEQ ID NO: 31) encodes the HERC5 protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_057407 SEQ ID NO: 32). HERC5 gene is a member of the HERC family of ubiquitin ligases and encodes a protein with a HECT domain and five RCC1 repeats. Pro-inflammatory cytokines up regulate expression of this gene in endothelial cells. The HERC5 protein localizes to the cytoplasm and perinuclear region and functions as an interferon-induced E3 protein ligase that mediates ISGylation of protein targets. It is a major E3 ligase for ISG15 conjugation. HERC5 Acts as a positive regulator of innate antiviral response in cells induced by interferon. Makes part of the ISGylation machinery that recognizes target proteins in a broad and relatively non-specific manner.
  • Ubiquitin specific peptidase 18 (USP18) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_017414; SEQ ID NO: 33) encodes the USP18 protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_059110 SEQ ID NO: 34). The protein encoded by this gene belongs to the ubiquitin-specific proteases (UBP) family of enzymes that cleave ubiquitin from ubiquitinated protein substrates. It is highly expressed in liver and thymus, and is localized to the nucleus. USP18 protein efficiently cleaves only ISG15 (a ubiquitin-like protein) fusions, and deletion of this gene in mice results in a massive increase of ISG15 conjugates in tissues, indicating that this protein is a major ISG15-specific protease. Mice lacking this gene are also hypersensitive to interferon, suggesting a function of this protein in downregulating interferon responses, independent of its isopeptidase activity towards ISG15. USP18 can efficiently cleave only ISG15 fusions including native ISG15 conjugates linked via isopeptide bonds. Necessary to maintain a critical cellular balance of ISG15-conjugated proteins in both healthy and stressed organisms.
  • Radical S-adenosyl methionine domain containing 2 (RSAD2) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_080657; SEQ ID NO: 35) encodes the RSAD2 protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_542388; SEQ ID NO: 36). RSAD2 is reported to be involved in antiviral defense. It was suggested to impair virus budding by disrupting lipid rafts at the plasma membrane, a feature which is essential for the budding process of many viruses. In addition, it was reported to act through binding with and inactivating FPPS, an enzyme involved in synthesis of cholesterol, farnesylated and geranylated proteins, ubiquinones dolichol and heme. Moreover, it is considered to play a major role in the cell antiviral state induced by type I and type II interferon. Finally, it was reported to display antiviral effect against HIV-1 virus, hepatitis C virus, human cytomegalovirus, and aphaviruses, but not vesiculovirus.
  • Myxovirus (influenza virus) resistance 1 (MX) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_002462 SEQ ID NO:37, NM_001178046 SEQ ID NO:39, NM_001144925 SEQ ID NO:41) encodes the MX1 protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_002453 SEQ ID NO:38, NP_001171517 SEQ ID NO:40, NP_001138397 SEQ ID NO:42). In mouse, the interferon-inducible Mx protein is responsible for a specific antiviral state against influenza virus infection. The protein encoded by this gene is similar to the mouse protein as determined by its antigenic relatedness, induction conditions, physicochemical properties, and amino acid analysis. This cytoplasmic protein is a member of both the dynamin family and the family of large GTPases. Two transcript variants encoding the same protein have been found for this gene. MX1 may regulate the calcium channel activity of TRPCs. Ring-like assemblies may induce membrane tabulation.
  • Interferon-inducedprotein 44-like (IFI44L) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_006820.3; SEQ ID NO: 43) encodes the IFI44L protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_006811; SEQ ID NO: 44) that belongs to the IFI44 family of proteins is located in the cytoplasm and exhibits a low antiviral activity against hepatitis C. The expression of the protein is induced by type I interferon.
  • DEAD (Asp-Glu-Ala-Asp) boxpolypeptide 58 (DDX58) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_014314; SEQ ID NO: 45) encodes the DDX58 protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_055129; SEQ ID NO: 46). DEAD box proteins, characterized by the conserved motif Asp-Glu-Ala-Asp (DEAD), are putative RNA helicases which are implicated in a number of cellular processes involving RNA binding and alteration of RNA secondary structure. This gene encodes a protein containing RNA helicase-DEAD box protein motifs and a caspase recruitment domain (CARD). It is involved in viral double-stranded (ds) RNA recognition and the regulation of immune response. It is an innate immune receptor which acts as a cytoplasmic sensor of viral nucleic acids and plays a major role in sensing viral infection and in the activation of a cascade of antiviral responses including the induction of type I interferons and pro-inflammatory cytokines. Upon ligand binding it associates with mitochondria antiviral signaling protein (MAVS/IPS1) which activates the IKK-related kinases: TBK1 and IKBKE which phosphorylate interferon regulatory factors: IRF3 and IRF7 which in turn activate transcription of antiviral immunological genes, including interferons (IFNs); IFN-alpha and IFN-beta. Detects both positive and negative strand RNA viruses including members of the families Paramyxoviridae: Human respiratory synctial virus and measles virus (MeV), Rhabdoviridae: vesicular stomatitis virus (VSV), Orthomyxoviridae: influenza A and B virus, Flaviviridae: Japanese encephalitis virus (JEV), hepatitis C virus (HCV), dengue virus (DENV) and west Nile virus (WNV).
  • E1-like ubiquitin-activating enzyme (UBE1L) gene (GenBank Accession No. AF294032; SEQ ID NO: 79) encodes the UBE1L protein (GenBank Accession No. AAG49557; SEQ ID NO: 80). UBE1L is the E1-like ubiquitin-activating enzyme for the IFN-stimulated gene, 15-kDa protein (ISG15).
  • Ubiquitin-conjugating enzyme E2L 6 (UBE2L6) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_198183 SEQ ID NO: 81; GenBank Accession No. NM_004223 SEQ ID NO: 83) encodes the UBE2L6 protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_937826 SEQ ID NO: 82; GenBank Accession No. NP_004214 SEQ ID NO: 84). The UBE2L6 gene encodes a member of the E2 ubiquitin-conjugating enzyme family. This enzyme is highly similar in primary structure to the enzyme encoded by the UBE2L3 gene. UBE2L6 catalyzes the covalent attachment of ubiquitin or ISG15 to other proteins. UBE2L6 functions in the E6/E6-AP-induced ubiquitination of p53/TP53. It also promotes ubiquitination and subsequent proteasomal degradation of FLT3.
  • Interferon alpha-inducible protein 27 (IFI27) gene (GenBank Accession Nos. NM_001130080 and NM_005532; SEQ ID NOs: 85, 87, respectively) encodes the IFI27 protein (GenBank Accession Nos. NP_001123552 and NP_005523; SEQ ID NOs: 86, 88, respectively). The IFI27 protein was reported to promote cell death and mediate IFN-induced apoptosis characterized by a rapid and robust release of cytochrome C from the mitochondria and activation of BAX and caspases 2, 3, 6, 8 and 9.
  • Interferon induced with helicase C domain 1 (IFIH1) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_022168 SEQ ID NO: 89) encodes the IFIH1 protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_071451 SEQ ID NO: 90). IFIH1 is an innate immune receptor which acts as a cytoplasmic sensor of viral nucleic acids and plays a major role in sensing viral infection and in the activation of a cascade of antiviral responses including the induction of type I interferons and proinflammatory cytokines. Its ligands include mRNA lacking 2′-O-methylation at their 5′ cap and long-dsRNA (>1 kb in length). Upon ligand binding it associates with mitochondria antiviral signaling protein (MAVS/IPS1) which activates the IKK-related kinases.
  • Toll-like receptor 7 (TLR-7) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_016562 SEQ ID NO: 91) encodes the TLR-7 protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_057646 SEQ ID NO: 92). The protein encoded by this gene is a member of the Toll-like receptor (TLR) family which plays a fundamental role in pathogen recognition and activation of innate immunity. TLRs are highly conserved from Drosophila to humans and share structural and functional similarities. They recognize pathogen-associated molecular patterns (PAMPs) that are expressed on infectious agents, and mediate the production of cytokines necessary for the development of effective immunity. The various TLRs exhibit different patterns of expression. This gene is predominantly expressed in lung, placenta, and spleen, and lies in close proximity to another family member, TLR8, on chromosome X.
  • Interferon regulatory factor 7 (IRF7) gene (GenBank Accession Nos. NM_001572 SEQ ID NO: 93; NM_004029 SEQ ID NO: 95) encodes the IRF7 protein (GenBank Accession Nos. NP_001563 SEQ ID NO: 94; NP_004020 SEQ ID NO: 96). IFR7 is reported to be a transcriptional activator. It binds to the interferon-stimulated response element (ISRE) in IFN promoters and in the Q promoter (Qp) of EBV nuclear antigen 1 (EBNA1). It is also reported to function as a molecular switch for antiviral activity. It is reported to be activated by phosphorylation in response to infection. The activation leads to nuclear retention, DNA binding, and depression of transactivation ability.
  • Interferon, alpha-inducible protein 6 (IFI6) gene (GenBank Accession Nos. NM_022873, SEQ ID NO:97; NM_022872, SEQ ID NO:99; NM_002038, SEQ ID NO:101) encodes the IFI6 protein (GenBank Accession Nos. NP_075011, SEQ ID NO:98; NP_075010, SEQ ID NO:100; NP_002029, SEQ ID NO:102). IFI6 gene was first identified as one of the many genes induced by interferon. The encoded IFI6 protein may play a critical role in the regulation of apoptosis.
  • In yet another embodiment, the methods, kits and compositions of the invention may further include detecting molecules for the STAT1 gene. Signal transducer and activator of transcription 1 (STAT) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_007315 SEQ ID NO:103, NM_139266 SEQ ID NO:104) encodes the STAT1 protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_009330 SEQ ID NO:105, NP 644671 SEQ ID NO: 106). Signal transducer and transcription activator that mediates cellular responses to interferons (IFNs), cytokine KITLG/SCF and other cytokines and growth factors.
  • Interferon-induced protein 44 (IFI44) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_006417; SEQ ID NO: 107) encodes the IFI44 protein (GenBank Accession No. NP_006408; SEQ ID NO: 108), that was reported to aggregate to form microtubular structures.
  • EIF2AK2 eukaryotic translation initiation factor 2-alpha kinase 2 (EIF2AK2) gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_002759.1; SEQ ID NO: 109) encodes the EIF2AK2 protein (GenBank Accession No. NC_000002.11; SEQ ID NO: 110). The protein encoded by this gene is a serine/threonine protein kinase that is activated by autophosphorylation after binding to dsRNA. The activated form of the encoded protein can phosphorylate translation initiation factor EIF2S1, which in turn inhibits protein synthesis. This protein is also activated by manganese ions and heparin. Three transcript variants encoding two different isoforms have been found for this gene.
  • DHX58 DHX58 (DEXH (Asp-Glu-X-His) box polypeptide 58), gene (GenBank Accession No. NM_024119; SEQ ID NO: 111) encodes the DHX58 protein (GenBank Accession No. NC_000017.10; SEQ ID NO: 112). DHX58 acts as a regulator of DDX58/RIG-I and IFIH1/MDA5 mediated antiviral signaling. Cannot initiateantiviral signaling as it lacks the CARD domain required for activating MAVS/IPS1-dependent signaling
  • The terms “level of expression” or “expression level” are used interchangeably and generally refer to a numerical representation of the amount (quantity) of a polynucleotide which encodes an amino acid product or protein in a biological sample.
  • “Expression” generally refers to the process by which gene-encoded information is converted into the structures present and operating in the cell. For example, biomarker gene expression values measured in Real-Time Polymerase Chain Reaction, sometimes also referred to as RT-PCR or quantitative PCR (qPCR), represent luminosity measured in a tested sample, where an intercalating fluorescent dye is integrated into double-stranded DNA products of the qPCR reaction performed on reverse-transcribed sample RNA, i.e., test sample RNA converted into DNA for the purpose of the assay. The luminosity is captured by a detector that converts the signal intensity into a numerical representation which is said expression value, in terms of miRNA. Therefore, according to the invention “expression” of a gene, specifically, a gene encoding the biomarker genes of the invention may refer to transcription into a polynucleotide. Fragments of the transcribed polynucleotide, the translated protein, or the post-translationally modified protein shall also be regarded as expressed whether they originate from a transcript generated by alternative splicing or a degraded transcript, or from a post-translational processing of the protein, e.g., by proteolysis. Methods for determining the level of expression of the biomarkers of the invention will be described in more detail herein after.
  • In certain and specific embodiments, the step of determining the level of expression to obtain an expression value by the method of the invention further comprises an additional and optional step of normalization. According to this embodiment, in addition to determination of the level of expression of the biomarkers of the invention, the level of expression of at least one suitable control reference gene (e.g., housekeeping genes) is being determined in the same sample. According to such embodiment, the expression level of the biomarkers of the invention obtained in step (a) is normalized according to the expression level of said at least one reference control gene obtained in the additional optional step in said test sample, thereby obtaining a normalized expression value. Optionally, similar normalization is performed also in at least one control sample or a representing standard when applicable.
  • The term “expression value” thus refers to the result of a calculation, that uses as an input the “level of expression” or “expression level” obtained experimentally and by normalizing the “level of expression” or “expression level” by at least one normalization step as detailed herein, the calculated value termed herein “expression value” is obtained.
  • More specifically, as used herein, “normalized values” are the quotient of raw expression values of marker genes, divided by the expression value of a control reference gene from the same sample, such as a stably-expressed housekeeping control gene. Any assayed sample may contain more or less biological material than is intended, due to human error and equipment failures. Importantly, the same error or deviation applies to both the marker genes of the invention and to the control reference gene, whose expression is essentially constant. Thus, division of the marker gene raw expression value by the control reference gene raw expression value yields a quotient which is essentially free from any technical failures or inaccuracies (except for major errors which destroy the sample for testing purposes) and constitutes a normalized expression value of said marker gene. This normalized expression value may then be compared with normalized cutoff values, i.e., cutoff values calculated from normalized expression values. In certain embodiments, the control reference gene may be a gene that maintains stable in all samples analyzed in the microarray analysis.
  • It should be noted that normalized biomarker genes expression level values that are higher (positive) or lower (negative) in comparison with a corresponding predetermined standard expression value or a cut-off value in a control sample predict to which population of patients the tested sample belongs.
  • It should be appreciated that in some embodiments an important step in determining the expression level is to examine whether the normalized expression value of any one of the biomarker genes of the tested sample is within the range of the expression value of a standard population or a cutoff value for such population.
  • More specifically, the specific expression values of the tested samples are compared to a predetermined cutoff value. As used herein the term “comparing” denotes any examination of the expression level and/or expression values obtained in the samples of the invention as detailed throughout in order to discover similarities or differences between at least two different samples. It should be noted that comparing according to the present invention encompasses the possibility to use a computer based approach.
  • As described hereinabove, the method of the invention refers to a predetermined cutoff value. It should be noted that a “cutoff value”, sometimes referred to simply as “cutoff” herein, is a value that meets the requirements for both high diagnostic sensitivity (true positive rate) and high diagnostic specificity (true negative rate).
  • It should be noted that the terms “sensitivity” and “specificity” are used herein with respect to the ability of one or more markers, to correctly classify a sample as belonging to a pre-established population associated with responsiveness to treatment with a certain medicament.
  • In certain alternative embodiments, a control sample may be used (instead of, or in addition to, pre-determined cutoff values). Accordingly, the normalized expression values of the biomarker genes used by the invention in the test sample are compared to the expression values in the control sample. In certain embodiments, such control sample may be obtained from at least one of a healthy subject, a subject suffering from the same pathologic disorder, a subject that responds to treatment with said medicament and a non-responder subject.
  • The term “response” or “responsiveness” to a certain treatment refers to an improvement in at least one relevant clinical parameter as compared to an untreated subject diagnosed with the same pathology (e.g., the same type, stage, degree and/or classification of the pathology), or as compared to the clinical parameters of the same subject prior to interferon treatment with said medicament.
  • The term “non responder” to treatment with a specific medicament, refers to a patient not experiencing an improvement in at least one of the clinical parameter and is diagnosed with the same condition as an untreated subject diagnosed with the same pathology (e.g., the same type, stage, degree and/or classification of the pathology), or experiencing the clinical parameters of the same subject prior to treatment with the specific medicament.
  • In case the method of the invention uses the dynamic approaches for determining the M value of the tested individual, at least two samples may be obtained from the subjects. These samples should be obtained from different time points, before and after the treatment, and therefore may be considered as “temporally separated samples”. As indicated above, in accordance with some embodiments of the invention, in order to asses response and determine the rate of change in the expression of the marker genes of the invention upon treatment with a specific medicament, at least two “temporally-separated” test samples must be collected from the treated patient and compared thereafter in order to obtain the rate of expression change in the biomarker genes. In practice, to detect a change in the biomarker genes expression, at least two “temporally-separated” test samples and preferably more must be collected from the patient.
  • The expression of at least one of the markers is then determined using the method of the invention, applied for each sample. As detailed above, the rate of change in marker expression is calculated by determining the ratio between the two expression values, obtained from the same patient in different time-points or time intervals.
  • This period of time, also referred to as “time interval”, or the difference between time points (wherein each time point is the time when a specific sample was collected) may be any period deemed appropriate by medical staff and modified as needed according to the specific requirements of the patient and the clinical state he or she may be in. For example, this interval may be at least one day, at least three days, at least three days, at least one week, at least two weeks, at least three weeks, at least one month, at least two months, at least three months, at least four months, at least five months, at least one year, or even more.
  • More specifically, one sample should be obtained prior to treatment with the specific medicament. Prior as used herein is meant the first time point is at any time before initiation of treatment, ideally several minutes before initiation of treatment. However, it should be noted that any time point before initiation of the treatment, including hours, days, weeks, months or years, may be useful for this method and is therefore encompassed by the invention. The second time point is collected from the same patient after hours, days, weeks, months or even years after initiation of treatment. More specifically, at least 3 hours, at least 4 hours, at least 6 hours, at least 10 hours, at least 12 hours, at least 24 hours, at least 1 day, at least 2 days, at least 3 days, at least 4 days, at least 5 days, at least 6 days, at least 7 days, at least 8 days, at least 9 days, at least 10 days, at least 11 days, at least 12 days, at least 13 days, at least 14 days, at least 15 days, at least 16 days, at least 17 days, at least 18 days, at least 19 days, at least 20 days, at least 21 days, at least 22 days, at least 23 days, at least 24 days, at least 25 days, at least 26 days, at least 27 days, at least 28 days, at least 29 days, at least 30 days, at least 31 days, at least 32 days, at least 33 days, at least 40 days, at least 50 days, at least 60 days, at least 70 days, at least 78 days, at least 80, at least 90 days, at least 100 days, at least 110, at least 120 days, at least 130 days, at least 140 days or at least 150 days after initiation of treatment.
  • In some embodiments, the second time point is obtained between 1 hour to 24 month after initiation of the treatment. In some other embodiments, the second time point is between 1 hour to 6 hours after initiation of the treatment. In yet some other embodiments, the second time point is between 1 month to 3 month after initiation of the treatment.
  • In practice, for assessing response to a specific treatment, at least two test samples (before and after treatment) must be collected from the treated patient, and preferably more. The expression level of the genes is then determined using the method of the invention, applied for each sample. As detailed above, the expression value is obtained from the experimental expression level. The rate of change of each biomarker expression, namely at least one of the genes indicated by the invention, is then calculated and determined by dividing the two expression values obtained from the same patient in different time-points or time intervals one by the other.
  • It should be appreciated that in some embodiments, the term “before treatment” may also encompass samples that are obtained from a treated subject, between two treatments. More specifically, in cases wherein the interval between treatments is once a day, a week, a month, a year or every several days, months or years, “before treatment” may be obtained right before the next treatment. The second “after treatment” sample may be taken after several hours or days of the treatment as indicated above.
  • It should be noted that it is possible to divide the prior-treatment expression value by the after treatment expression value and vise versa. For the sake of clarity, as used herein, the rate of change is referred as the ratio obtained when dividing the expression value obtained at the later time point of the time interval by the expression value obtained at the earlier time point (for example before initiation of treatment).
  • For example, this interval may be at least one day, at least three days, at least three days, at least one week, at least two weeks, at least three weeks, at least one month, at least two months, at least three months, at least four months, at least five months, at least one year, or even more. Permeably the second point is obtained at the earlier time point that can provide valuable information regarding assessing response of the patient to interferon treatment or to treatment with any other drug, medicament or any other combination of drugs or medicaments.
  • The rate of change in the expression value of the different marker genes of the invention may reflect either reduction or elevation of expression. More specifically, “reduction” or “down-regulation” of the marker genes as a result of interferon treatment includes any “decrease”, “inhibition”, “moderation”, “elimination” or “attenuation” in the expression of said genes and relate to the retardation, restraining or reduction of the biomarker genes expression or levels by any one of about 1% to 99.9%, specifically, about 1% to about 5%, about 5% to 10%, about 10% to 15%, about 15% to 20%, about 20% to 25%, about 25% to 30%, about 30% to 35%, about 35% to 40%, about 40% to 45%, about 45% to 50%, about 50% to 55%, about 55% to 60%, about 60% to 65%, about 65% to 70%, about 75% to 80%, about 80% to 85% about 85% to 90%, about 90% to 95%, about 95% to 99%, or about 99% to 99.9%.
  • Alternatively, “up-regulation” of any one of the biomarker genes as a result of interferon or any other drug treatment includes any “increase”, “elevation”, “enhancement” or “elevation” in the expression of said genes and relate to the enhancement and increase of at least one of the biomarker genes expression or levels by any one of about 1% to 99.9%, specifically, about 1% to about 5%, about 5% to 10%, about 10% to 15%, about 15% to 20%, about 20% to 25%, about 25% to 30%, about 30% to 35%, about 35% to 40%, about 40% to 45%, about 45% to 50%, about 50% to 55%, about 55% to 60%, about 60% to 65%, about 65% to 70%, about 75% to 80%, about 80% to 85% about 85% to 90%, about 90% to 95%, about 95% to 99%, or about 99% to 99.9%.
  • As appreciated, a predetermined rate of change calculated for a pre-established population as detailed above for example encompasses a range for the rate of change having a low value and a high value, as obtained from a population of individuals including healthy controls, responders and non-responders to said medicament. Thus a subgroup of responsive patients can be obtained from the entire tested population. In this pre-established responsive population, the low value may be characterized by a low response whereas the high value may be associated with a high response as indicated by regular clinical evaluation. Therefore, in addition to assessing responsiveness to treatment, the rate of change may provide insight into the degree of responsiveness. For example, a calculated rate of change that is closer in its value to the low value may be indicative of a low response and thus although the patient is considered responsive, increasing dosing or frequency of administration may be considered. Alternatively, a calculated rate of change that is closer in its value to the high value may be indicative of a high response, even at times leading to remission and thus lowering the administration dosage may be considered.
  • For clarity, when referring to a pre-established population associated with responsiveness, or the ability to eradicate pathogens, it is meant that a statistically-meaningful group of patients treated with a specific medicament was analyzed as disclosed herein, and the correlations between the biomarker gene/s expression values (and optionally other patient clinical parameters) and responsiveness to such treatment was calculated. The population may optionally be further divided into sub-populations according to other patient parameters, for example gender and age.
  • Another embodiment of the method of the invention defines the step of calculating the value of M1, the optimal threshold required for successful elimination of the pathologic disorder. In such embodiment, this optimal M1 value may be determined using two alternative approaches:
  • In one embodiment, determination of the M1 value may be performed by the steps of:
  • First (Ia) Providing a K value for the specific disorder. It should be noted that the K value reflects the severity of the disorder. For example, disorders caused by a viral infection, the K value may be the multiplicity rate of such virus, in other words, the pathogen growth rate. Methods for obtaining the multiplicity rate of a virus (the K value of the present application) are described for example in Ruy M. Ribeiro et al., PLOS Pathogens 8 (8):e1002881 (2012); Deborah Cromer et al., Journal of Virology 87: 3376-3381 (2013); Ying Fang et al., J. Virol. Methods. 173(2): 251-258 (2011) and Stiffler J D, et al. PLoS ONE 4(8): e6661. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0006661 (2009).
  • In the next step (Ib) involves calculating the M1 using the formula, wherein M1>1-(1/k), thereby determining the M1 value.
  • Another alternative approach for determining the M1 value, may involve the use of standard curve, specifically, predetermined standard curve of a responder population thereby calculating for such curve, the optimal M1 value.
  • According to some embodiments, the method of the invention may be specifically practiced using 4 or 5 marker genes. More specifically, in some embodiments, the method of the invention may use the expression value of OAS2, HERC5, UPS18, UBE216 and optionally of ISG15 genes. In some embodiments, the method of the invention may use OAS2, HERC5, UPS18 and UBE216 as markers for calculating M. In yet further embodiments, the method of the invention may use OAS2, HERC5, UPS18, UBE216 and ISG15 genes.
  • According to certain embodiments, the method of the invention may be specifically suitable for determining and optimizing a personalized interferon treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder.
  • More specifically, the methods of the invention described herein, relate to interferon treatment, specifically, to optimize interferon treatment regimen to a specific individual, as a personalized medicine approach. As used herein the term “interferon” or “IFN” which is interchangeably used herein, refers to a synthetic, recombinant or purified interferon, and encompasses interferon type I that binds to the cell surface receptor complex IFN-α receptor (IFNAR) consisting of IFNAR and IFNAR2 chains; interferon type II that binds to the IFNGR receptor; and interferon type III, that binds to a receptor complex consisting of IL10R2 (also called CRF2-4) and IFNLR1 (also called CRF2-12).
  • Interferon type I in human includes interferon alpha 1 (GenBank Accession No. NM_024013 and NP_076918; SEQ ID NOs: 47 and 48 respectively), interferon alpha 2 (GenBank Accession No. NM_000605 and NP_000596; SEQ ID NO: 49 and 50, respectively), Interferon alpha-4 (GenBank Accession No. NM_021068 and NP_066546; SEQ ID NO: 51 and 52, respectively), Interferon alpha-5 (GenBank Accession No. NM_002169 and NP_002160; SEQ ID NO: 53 and 54, respectively), Interferon alpha-6 (GenBank Accession No. NM_021002 and NP_066282; SEQ ID NO: 55 and 56, respectively), Interferon alpha-7 (GenBank Accession No. NM_021057 and NP_066401; SEQ ID NO: 57 and 58, respectively), Interferon alpha-8 (GenBank Accession No. NM_002170 and NP_002161; SEQ ID NO: 59 and 60, respectively), Interferon alpha-10 (GenBank Accession No. NM_002171 and NP_002162; SEQ ID NO: 61 and 62, respectively), Interferon alpha-1/13 (GenBank Accession No. NM_006900 and NP_008831; SEQ ID NO: 63 and 64, respectively), Interferon alpha-14 (GenBank Accession No. NM_002172 and NP_002163; SEQ ID NO: 65 and 66, respectively), Interferon alpha-16 (GenBank Accession No. NM_002173 and NP_002164; SEQ ID NO: 67 and 68, respectively), Interferon alpha-17 (GenBank Accession No. NM_021268 and NP_067091; SEQ ID NO: 69 and 70, respectively) and Interferon alpha-21 (GenBank Accession No. NM_002175 and NP_002166; SEQ ID NO: 71 and 72, respectively), Interferon, beta 1 (GenBank Accession No. NM_002176 and NP_002167; SEQ ID NO: 73 and 74, respectively), and Interferon omega-1 (GenBank Accession No. NM_002177 and NP_002168; SEQ ID NOs: 75 and 76 respectively)].
  • Interferon type II in humans is Interferon-gamma (GenBank Accession No. NM_000619 and NP_000610; SEQ ID NOs: 77 and 78 respectively).
  • As used herein the phrase “interferon treatment” refers to administration of interferon into a subject in need thereof. It should be noted that administration of interferon may comprise a single or multiple dosages, as well as a continuous administration, depending on the pathology to be treated and a clinical assessment of the subject receiving the treatment.
  • Various modes of interferon administration are known in the art. These include, but are not limited to, injection (e.g., using a subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, or intradermal injection), intranasal administration and oral administration.
  • According to some embodiments of the invention, interferon treatment is provided to the subject in doses matching his weight, at a frequency of once a week, for a period of up to 48 weeks.
  • Non-limiting examples of interferon treatment and representative diseases includes the following interferon beta-la (multiple sclerosis), interferon beta-Ib (multiple sclerosis), recombinant IFN-α2b (various cancers).
  • As appreciated in the art, interferon alfa-2a treatment is known as Roferon. Interferon alpha 2b treatment is by Intron A or Reliferon or Uniferon. Interferon beta-1a is sold under the trade names Avonex and Rebif. CinnaGen is a biosimilar compound. Interferon beta-1b is sold under trade names Betaferon, Betaseron, Extavia and ZIFERON.
  • Interferon treatment may comprise PEGylated interferon i.e., conjugated to a polyethylene glycol (PEG) polymer. For example, PEGylated interferon alpha 2a is sold under the trade name Pegasys. PEGylated interferon alpha 2a in Egypt is sold under the trade name Reiferon Retard. PEGylated interferon alpha 2b is sold under the trade name PegIntron.
  • The interferon treatment can also comprise a combination of interferon and ribavirin. For example, PEGylated interferon alpha 2b plus ribavirin is sold under the trade name Pegetron.
  • In yet another specific embodiment, determining the level of expression of at least one of said ISG15, IFIT1-5, OAS1-3L, HERC5, USP18, IFIT2, RSAD2, ISIT1, MX1, IFIT3, IFI44L, OASL, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, DIX5B, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7 and IFI6 genes, and optionally of STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes in a biological sample of the tested subject in order to calculate the specific M value of the individual as described herein above, may be performed by the step of contacting detecting molecules specific for said genes with a biological sample of said subject, or with any nucleic acid or protein product obtained therefrom.
  • The term “contacting” means to bring, put, incubate or mix together. As such, a first item is contacted with a second item when the two items are brought or put together, e.g., by touching them to each other or combining them. In the context of the present invention, the term “contacting” includes all measures or steps which allow interaction between the at least one of the detection molecules for the biomarker genes and optionally one suitable control reference gene and the nucleic acid or amino acid molecules of the tested sample. The contacting is performed in a manner so that the at least one of detecting molecule of the genes and at least one suitable control reference gene can interact with or bind to the nucleic acid molecules or alternatively, a protein product of the at least one biomarker gene, in the tested sample. The binding will preferably be non-covalent, reversible binding, e.g., binding via salt bridges, hydrogen bonds, hydrophobic interactions or a combination thereof.
  • In certain embodiments, the detection step further involves detecting a signal from the detecting molecules that correlates with the expression level of said genes or any product thereof in the sample from the subject, by a suitable means. According to some embodiments, the signal detected from the sample by any one of the experimental methods detailed herein below reflects the expression level of said genes or product thereof. Such signal-to-expression level data may be calculated and derived from a calibration curve. Thus, in certain embodiments, the method of the invention may optionally further involve the use of a calibration curve created by detecting a signal for each one of increasing pre-determined concentrations of said genes or product. Obtaining such a calibration curve may be indicative to evaluate the range at which the expression levels correlate linearly with the concentrations of said genes or product. It should be noted in this connection that at times when no change in expression level of genes or product is observed, the calibration curve should be evaluated in order to rule out the possibility that the measured expression level is not exhibiting a saturation type curve, namely a range at which increasing concentrations exhibit the same signal.
  • It must be appreciated that in certain embodiments such calibration curve as described above may by also part or component in any of the kits provided by the invention herein after.
  • In more specific embodiments, the detecting molecules used by the method of the invention for determining the expression level of the marker genes, may be selected from isolated detecting nucleic acid molecules and isolated detecting amino acid molecules.
  • According to certain embodiments, the method of the invention may use nucleic acid detecting molecules that may comprise isolated oligonucleotide/s, each oligonucleotide specifically hybridizes to a nucleic acid sequence of said at least one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7 and IFI6 genes (optionally further of STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes) and optionally, to a control reference gene. More specifically, such detecting molecule may be at least one of, a pair of primers, at least one primer and/or nucleotide probe/s or any combination thereof. It should be noted that in some embodiments, each of said oligonucleotides is specifically directed against a specific marker gene or against a specific control gene (e.g., house keeping genes).
  • As used herein, “nucleic acid molecules” or “nucleic acid sequence” are interchangeable with the term “polynucleotide(s)” and it generally refers to any polyribonucleotide or poly-deoxyribonucleotide, which may be unmodified RNA or DNA or modified RNA or DNA or any combination thereof. “Nucleic acids” include, without limitation, single- and double-stranded nucleic acids. As used herein, the term “nucleic acid(s)” also includes DNAs or RNAs as described above that contain one or more modified bases. Thus, DNAs or RNAs with backbones modified for stability or for other reasons are “nucleic acids”. The term “nucleic acids” as it is used herein embraces such chemically, enzymatically or metabolically modified forms of nucleic acids, as well as the chemical forms of DNA and RNA characteristic of viruses and cells, including for example, simple and complex cells. A “nucleic acid” or “nucleic acid sequence” may also include regions of single- or double-stranded RNA or DNA or any combinations.
  • As used herein, the term “oligonucleotide” is defined as a molecule comprised of two or more deoxyribonucleotides and/or ribonucleotides, and preferably more than three. Its exact size will depend upon many factors which in turn, depend upon the ultimate function and use of the oligonucleotide. The oligonucleotides may be from about 3 to about 1,000 nucleotides long. Although oligonucleotides of 5 to 100 nucleotides are useful in the invention, preferred oligonucleotides range from about 5 to about 15 bases in length, from about 5 to about 20 bases in length, from about 5 to about 25 bases in length, from about 5 to about 30 bases in length, from about 5 to about 40 bases in length or from about 5 to about 50 bases in length. More specifically, the detecting oligonucleotides molecule used by the composition of the invention may comprise any one of 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 bases in length. It should be further noted that the term “oligonucleotide” refers to a single stranded or double stranded oligomer or polymer of ribonucleic acid (RNA) or deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) or mimetics thereof. This term includes oligonucleotides composed of naturally-occurring bases, sugars and covalent internucleoside linkages (e.g., backbone) as well as oligonucleotides having non-naturally-occurring portions which function similarly.
  • As indicated throughout, in certain embodiments when the detecting molecules used are nucleic acid based molecules, specifically, oligonucleotides. It should be noted that the oligonucleotides used in here specifically hybridize to nucleic acid sequences of the biomarker genes of the invention. Optionally, where also the expression of at least one of the biomarker genes is being examined, the method of the invention may use as detecting molecules oligonucleotides that specifically hybridize to a nucleic acid sequence of said at least one of the genes. As used herein, the term “hybridize” refers to a process where two complementary nucleic acid strands anneal to each other under appropriately stringent conditions. Hybridizations are typically and preferably conducted with probe-length nucleic acid molecules, for example, 5-100 nucleotides in length, 5-50, 5-40, 5-30 or 5-20.
  • As used herein “selective or specific hybridization” in the context of this invention refers to a hybridization which occurs between a polynucleotide encompassed by the invention as detecting molecules, and the specific biomarker gene and/or any control reference gene, wherein the hybridization is such that the polynucleotide binds to the gene or any control reference gene preferentially to any other RNA in the tested sample. In a specific embodiment a polynucleotide which “selectively hybridizes” is one which hybridizes with a selectivity of greater than 60 percent, greater than 70 percent, greater than 80 percent, greater than 90 percent and most preferably on 100 percent (i.e. cross hybridization with other RNA species preferably occurs at less than 40 percent, less than 30 percent, less than 20 percent, less than 10 percent). As would be understood to a person skilled in the art, a detecting polynucleotide which “selectively hybridizes” to the biomarker genes or any control reference gene can be designed taking into account the length and composition.
  • The measuring of the expression of any one of the biomarker genes and any control reference gene or any combination thereof can be done by using those polynucleotides as detecting molecules, which are specific and/or selective for the biomarker genes of the invention to quantitate the expression of said biomarker genes or any control reference gene. In a specific embodiment of the invention, the polynucleotides which are specific and/or selective for said genes may be probes or a pair of primers.
  • It should be further appreciated that the methods, as well as the compositions and kits of the invention may comprise, as an oligonucleotide-based detection molecule, both primers and probes.
  • The term, “primer”, as used herein refers to an oligonucleotide, whether occurring naturally as in a purified restriction digest, or produced synthetically, which is capable of acting as a point of initiation of synthesis when placed under conditions in which synthesis of a primer extension product, which is complementary to a nucleic acid strand, is induced, i.e., in the presence of nucleotides and an inducing agent such as a DNA polymerase and at a suitable temperature and pH. The primer may be single-stranded or double-stranded and must be sufficiently long to prime the synthesis of the desired extension product in the presence of the inducing agent. The exact length of the primer will depend upon many factors, including temperature, source of primer and the method used. For example, for diagnostic applications, depending on the complexity of the target sequence, the oligonucleotide primer typically contains 10-30 or more nucleotides, although it may contain fewer nucleotides. More specifically, the primer used by the methods, as well as the compositions and kits of the invention may comprise 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29 or 30 nucleotides or more. In certain embodiments, such primers may comprise 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 nucleotides or more. In specific embodiments, the primers used by the method of the invention may have a stem and loop structure. The factors involved in determining the appropriate length of primer are known to one of ordinary skill in the art and information regarding them is readily available.
  • As used herein, the term “probe” means oligonucleotides and analogs thereof and refers to a range of chemical species that recognize polynucleotide target sequences through hydrogen bonding interactions with the nucleotide bases of the target sequences. The probe or the target sequences may be single- or double-stranded RNA or single- or double-stranded DNA or a combination of DNA and RNA bases. A probe is at least 5 or preferably, 8 nucleotides in length. A probe may be 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29 and up to 30 nucleotides in length as long as it is less than the full length of the target marker gene. Probes can include oligonucleotides modified so as to have a tag which is detectable by fluorescence, chemiluminescence and the like. The probe can also be modified so as to have both a detectable tag and a quencher molecule, for example TaqMan® and Molecular Beacon® probes, that will be described in detail below.
  • The oligonucleotides and analogs thereof may be RNA or DNA, or analogs of RNA or DNA, commonly referred to as antisense oligomers or antisense oligonucleotides. Such RNA or DNA analogs comprise, but are not limited to, 2-'0-alkyl sugar modifications, methylphosphonate, phosphorothiate, phosphorodithioate, formacetal, 3-thioformacetal, sulfone, sulfamate, and nitroxide backbone modifications, and analogs, for example, LNA analogs, wherein the base moieties have been modified. In addition, analogs of oligomers may be polymers in which the sugar moiety has been modified or replaced by another suitable moiety, resulting in polymers which include, but are not limited to, morpholino analogs and peptide nucleic acid (PNA) analogs. Probes may also be mixtures of any of the oligonucleotide analog types together or in combination with native DNA or RNA. At the same time, the oligonucleotides and analogs thereof may be used alone or in combination with one or more additional oligonucleotides or analogs thereof.
  • Thus, according to one embodiment, such oligonucleotides are any one of a pair of primers or nucleotide probes, and wherein the level of expression of at least one of the biomarker genes is determined using a nucleic acid amplification assay selected from the group consisting of: a Real-Time PCR, micro array, PCR, in situ hybridization and comparative genomic hybridization.
  • The term “amplification assay”, with respect to nucleic acid sequences, refers to methods that increase the representation of a population of nucleic acid sequences in a sample. Nucleic acid amplification methods, such as PCR, isothermal methods, rolling circle methods, etc., are well known to the skilled artisan. More specifically, as used herein, the term “amplified”, when applied to a nucleic acid sequence, refers to a process whereby one or more copies of a particular nucleic acid sequence is generated from a template nucleic acid, preferably by the method of polymerase chain reaction.
  • “Polymerase chain reaction” or “PCR” refers to an in vitro method for amplifying a specific nucleic acid template sequence. The PCR reaction involves a repetitive series of temperature cycles and is typically performed in a volume of 50-100 microliter. The reaction mix comprises dNTPs (each of the four deoxynucleotides dATP, dCTP, dGTP, and dTTP), primers, buffers, DNA polymerase, and nucleic acid template. The PCR reaction comprises providing a set of polynucleotide primers wherein a first primer contains a sequence complementary to a region in one strand of the nucleic acid template sequence and primes the synthesis of a complementary DNA strand, and a second primer contains a sequence complementary to a region in a second strand of the target nucleic acid sequence and primes the synthesis of a complementary DNA strand, and amplifying the nucleic acid template sequence employing a nucleic acid polymerase as a template-dependent polymerizing agent under conditions which are permissive for PCR cycling steps of (i) annealing of primers required for amplification to a target nucleic acid sequence contained within the template sequence, (ii) extending the primers wherein the nucleic acid polymerase synthesizes a primer extension product. “A set of polynucleotide primers”, “a set of PCR primers” or “pair of primers” can comprise two, three, four or more primers.
  • Real time nucleic acid amplification and detection methods are efficient for sequence identification and quantification of a target since no pre-hybridization amplification is required. Amplification and hybridization are combined in a single step and can be performed in a fully automated, large-scale, closed-tube format.
  • Methods that use hybridization-triggered fluorescent probes for real time PCR are based either on a quench-release fluorescence of a probe digested by DNA Polymerase (e.g., methods using TaqMan®, MGB-TaqMan®), or on a hybridization-triggered fluorescence of intact probes (e.g., molecular beacons, and linear probes). In general, the probes are designed to hybridize to an internal region of a PCR product during annealing stage (also referred to as amplicon). For those methods utilizing TaqMan® and MGB-TaqMan® the 5′-exonuclease activity of the approaching DNA Polymerase cleaves a probe between a fluorophore and a quencher, releasing fluorescence.
  • Thus, a “real time PCR” or “RT-PCT” assay provides dynamic fluorescence detection of amplified genes or any control reference gene produced in a PCR amplification reaction. During PCR, the amplified products created using suitable primers hybridize to probe nucleic acids (TaqMan® probe, for example), which may be labeled according to some embodiments with both a reporter dye and a quencher dye. When these two dyes are in close proximity, i.e. both are present in an intact probe oligonucleotide, the fluorescence of the reporter dye is suppressed. However, a polymerase, such as AmpliTaq Gold™, having 5′-3′ nuclease activity can be provided in the PCR reaction. This enzyme cleaves the fluorogenic probe if it is bound specifically to the target nucleic acid sequences between the priming sites. The reporter dye and quencher dye are separated upon cleavage, permitting fluorescent detection of the reporter dye. Upon excitation by a laser provided, e.g., by a sequencing apparatus, the fluorescent signal produced by the reporter dye is detected and/or quantified. The increase in fluorescence is a direct consequence of amplification of target nucleic acids during PCR. The method and hybridization assays using self-quenching fluorescence probes with and/or without internal controls for detection of nucleic acid application products are known in the art, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,258,569; 6,030,787; 5,952,202; 5,876,930; 5,866,336; 5,736,333; 5,723,591; 5,691,146; and 5,538,848.
  • More particularly, QRT-PCR or “qPCR” (Quantitative RT-PCR), which is quantitative in nature, can also be performed to provide a quantitative measure of gene expression levels. In QRT-PCR reverse transcription and PCR can be performed in two steps, or reverse transcription combined with PCR can be performed. One of these techniques, for which there are commercially available kits such as TaqMan® (Perkin Elmer, Foster City, Calif.), is performed with a transcript-specific antisense probe.
  • This probe is specific for the PCR product (e.g. a nucleic acid fragment derived from a gene, or in this case, from a pre-miRNA) and is prepared with a quencher and fluorescent reporter probe attached to the 5′ end of the oligonucleotide. Different fluorescent markers are attached to different reporters, allowing for measurement of at least two products in one reaction.
  • When Taq DNA polymerase is activated, it cleaves off the fluorescent reporters of the probe bound to the template by virtue of its 5-to-3′ exonuclease activity. In the absence of the quenchers, the reporters now fluoresce. The color change in the reporters is proportional to the amount of each specific product and is measured by a fluorometer; therefore, the amount of each color is measured and the PCR product is quantified. The PCR reactions can be performed in any solid support, for example, slides, microplates, 96 well plates, 384 well plates and the like so that samples derived from many individuals are processed and measured simultaneously. The TaqMan® system has the additional advantage of not requiring gel electrophoresis and allows for quantification when used with a standard curve.
  • A second technique useful for detecting PCR products quantitatively without is to use an intercalating dye such as the commercially available QuantiTect SYBR Green PCR (Qiagen, Valencia Calif.).
  • RT-PCR is performed using SYBR green as a fluorescent label which is incorporated into the PCR product during the PCR stage and produces fluorescence proportional to the amount of PCR product.
  • Both TaqMan® and QuantiTect SYBR systems can be used subsequent to reverse transcription of RNA. Reverse transcription can either be performed in the same reaction mixture as the PCR step (one-step protocol) or reverse transcription can be performed first prior to amplification utilizing PCR (two-step protocol).
  • Additionally, other known systems to quantitatively measure mRNA expression products include Molecular Beacons® which uses a probe having a fluorescent molecule and a quencher molecule, the probe capable of forming a hairpin structure such that when in the hairpin form, the fluorescence molecule is quenched, and when hybridized, the fluorescence increases giving a quantitative measurement of gene expression.
  • According to this embodiment, the detecting molecule may be in the form of probe corresponding and thereby hybridizing to any region or part of the biomarker genes or any control reference gene. More particularly, it is important to choose regions which will permit hybridization to the target nucleic acids. Factors such as the Tm of the oligonucleotide, the percent GC content, the degree of secondary structure and the length of nucleic acid are important factors.
  • It should be further noted that a standard Northern blot assay can also be used to ascertain an RNA transcript size and the relative amounts of the biomarker genes or any control gene product, in accordance with conventional Northern hybridization techniques known to those persons of ordinary skill in the art.
  • The invention further contemplates the use of amino acid based molecules such as proteins or polypeptides as detecting molecules disclosed herein and would be known by a person skilled in the art to measure the protein products of the marker genes of the invention. Techniques known to persons skilled in the art (for example, techniques such as Western Blotting, Immunoprecipitation, ELISAs, protein microarray analysis, Flow cytometry and the like) can then be used to measure the level of protein products corresponding to the biomarker of the invention. As would be understood to a person skilled in the art, the measure of the level of expression of the protein products of the biomarker of the invention requires a protein, which specifically and/or selectively binds to the biomarker genes of the invention.
  • As indicated above, the detecting molecules of the invention may be amino acid based molecules that may be referred to as protein/s or polypeptide/s. As used herein, the terms “protein” and “polypeptide” are used interchangeably to refer to a chain of amino acids linked together by peptide bonds. In a specific embodiment, a protein is composed of less than 200, less than 175, less than 150, less than 125, less than 100, less than 50, less than 45, less than 40, less than 35, less than 30, less than 25, less than 20, less than 15, less than 10, or less than 5 amino acids linked together by peptide bonds. In another embodiment, a protein is composed of at least 200, at least 250, at least 300, at least 350, at least 400, at least 450, at least 500 or more amino acids linked together by peptide bonds. It should be noted that peptide bond as described herein is a covalent amid bond formed between two amino acid residues.
  • In specific embodiments, the detecting amino acid molecules are isolated antibodies, with specific binding selectively to the proteins encoded by the biomarker genes as detailed above. Using these antibodies, the level of expression of proteins encoded by the genes may be determined using an immunoassay which is selected from the group consisting of FACS, a Western blot, an ELISA, a RIA, a slot blot, a dot blot, immunohistochemical assay and a radio-imaging assay.
  • In yet other specific embodiments, the method of the invention may use any sample. In more specific embodiment, such sample may be any one of peripheral blood mononuclear cells and biopsies of organs or tissues.
  • It should be noted that any of the detecting molecules used by the methods, compositions and kits of the invention are isolated and purified. Still further, it must be understood that any of the detecting molecules (for example, primers and/or probes) or reagents used by the compositions, kits, arrays and in any step of the methods of the invention are non-naturally occurring products or compounds, As such, none of the detecting molecules of the invention are directed to naturally occurring compounds or products.
  • According to certain embodiments, the sample examined by the method of the invention may be any one of peripheral blood mononuclear cells and biopsies of organs or tissues.
  • Still further, according to certain embodiments, the method of the invention uses any appropriate biological sample. The term “biological sample” in the present specification and claims is meant to include samples obtained from a mammal subject.
  • It should be recognized that in certain embodiments a biological sample may be for example, bone marrow, lymph fluid, blood cells, blood, serum, plasma, urine, sputum, saliva, faeces, semen, spinal fluid or CSF, the external secretions of the skin, respiratory, intestinal, and genitourinary tracts, tears, milk, any human organ or tissue, any sample obtained by lavage, optionally of the breast ducal system, plural effusion, sample of in vitro or ex vivo cell culture and cell culture constituents. More specific embodiments, the sample may be any one of peripheral blood mononuclear cells and biopsies of organs or tissues.
  • According to an embodiment of the invention, the sample is a cell sample. More specifically, the cell is a blood cell (e.g., white blood cells, macrophages, B- and T-lymphocytes, monocytes, neutrophiles, eosinophiles, and basophiles) which can be obtained using a syringe needle from a vein of the subject. It should be noted that the cell may be isolated from the subject (e.g., for in vitro detection) or may optionally comprise a cell that has not been physically removed from the subject (e.g., in vivo detection).
  • According to a specific embodiment, the sample used by the method of the invention is a sample of peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs).
  • The phrase, “peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs)” as used herein, refers to a mixture of monocytes and lymphocytes. Several methods for isolating white blood cells are known in the art. For example, PBMCs can be isolated from whole blood samples using density gradient centrifugation procedures. Typically, anticoagulated whole blood is layered over the separating medium. At the end of the centrifugation step, the following layers are visually observed from top to bottom: plasma/platelets, PBMCs, separating medium and erythrocytes/granulocytes. The PBMC layer is then removed and washed to remove contaminants (e.g., red blood cells) prior to determining the expression level of the polynucleotide (s) bio-markers of the invention.
  • In yet another embodiment, the sample may be a biopsy of human organs or tissue, specifically, liver biopsy.
  • According to some embodiments, the sample may be biopsies of organs or tissues. The biopsies may be obtained by a surgical operation from an organ or tissue of interest, for example liver biopsy, cerebrospinal fluid (CSF), brain biopsy, skin biopsy.
  • The term biopsy used herein refers to a medical test commonly performed by a surgeon or an interventional radiologist involving sampling of cells or tissues for examination. It is the medical removal of tissue from a living subject to determine the presence or extent of a disease. The tissue is generally examined under a microscope by a pathologist, and can also be analyzed chemically. When an entire lump or suspicious area is removed, the procedure is called an excisional biopsy. When only a sample of tissue is removed with preservation of the histological architecture of the tissue's cells, the procedure is called an incisional biopsy or core biopsy. When a sample of tissue or fluid is removed with a needle in such a way that cells are removed without preserving the histological architecture of the tissue cells, the procedure is called a needle aspiration biopsy.
  • According to some embodiments of the invention, the cell is a liver cell.
  • It should be noted that liver cells (hepatic cell) can be obtained by a liver biopsy (e.g., using a surgical tool or a needle). It should be noted that certain embodiments of the invention contemplate the use of different biological samples.
  • According to certain embodiments, the method of the invention may be specifically suitable for optimizing personalized treatment regimen for a subject suffering from an immune-related disorder.
  • It should be noted that an “Immune-related disorder” is a condition that is associated with the immune system of a subject, either through activation or inhibition of the immune system, or that can be treated, prevented or diagnosed by targeting a certain component of the immune response in a subject, such as the adaptive or innate immune response.
  • In more specific embodiments, the immune-related disorder may be any one of an infectious condition, autoimmune disease and a proliferative disorder.
  • It should be appreciated that the method of the invention may be applicable for determining the appropriate treatment regimen for a specific individual affected with any disorder, for example, any disorder caused by any pathogenic agent. Pathogenic agents include prokaryotic microorganisms, lower eukaryotic microorganisms, complex eukaryotic organisms, viruses, fungi, prions, parasites, yeasts, toxins and venoms.
  • A prokaryotic microorganism includes bacteria such as Gram positive, Gram negative and Gram variable bacteria and intracellular bacteria. Examples of bacteria contemplated herein include the species of the genera Treponema sp., Borrelia sp., Neisseria sp., Legionella sp., Bordetella sp., Escherichia sp., Salmonella sp., Shigella sp., Klebsiella sp., Yersinia sp., Vibrio sp., Hemophilus sp., Rickettsia sp., Chlamydia sp., Mycoplasma sp., Staphylococcus sp., Streptococcus sp., Bacillus sp., Clostridium sp., Corynebacterium sp., Proprionibacterium sp., Mycobacterium sp., Ureaplasma sp. and Listeria sp.
  • Particular species include Treponema pallidum, Borrelia burgdorferi, Neisseria gonorrhea, Neisseria meningitidis, Legionella pneumophila, Bordetella pertussis, Escherichia coli, Salmonella typhi, Salmonella typhimurium, Shigella dysenteriae, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Yersinia pestis, Vibrio cholerae, Hemophilus influenzae, Rickettsia rickettsii, Chlamydia trachomatis, Mycoplasma pneumoniae, Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus pyogenes, Bacillus anthracis, Clostridium botulinum, Clostridium tetani, Clostridium perfringens, Corynebacterium diphtheriae, Proprionibacterium acnes, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Mycobacterium leprae and Listeria monocytogenes.
  • A lower eukaryotic organism includes a yeast or fungus such as but not limited to Pneumocystis carinii, Candida albicans, Aspergillus, Histoplasma capsulatum, Blastomyces dermatitidis, Cryptococcus neoformans, Trichophyton and Microsporum.
  • A complex eukaryotic organism includes worms, insects, arachnids, nematodes, aemobe, Entamoeba histolytica, Giardia lamblia, Trichomonas vaginalis, Trypanosoma brucei gambiense, Trypanosoma cruzi, Balantidium coli, Toxoplasma gondii, Cryptosporidium or Leishmania.
  • The term “fungi” includes for example, fungi that cause diseases such as ringworm, histoplasmosis, blastomycosis, aspergillosis, cryptococcosis, sporotrichosis, coccidioidomycosis, paracoccidio-idoinycosis, and candidiasis.
  • The term parasite includes, but not limited to, infections caused by somatic tapeworms, blood flukes, tissue roundworms, ameba, and Plasmodium, Trypanosoma, Leishmania, and Toxoplasma species.
  • The term “viruses” is used in its broadest sense to include viruses of the families adenoviruses, papovaviruses, herpesviruses: simplex, varicella-zoster, Epstein-Barr, CMV, pox viruses: smallpox, vaccinia, hepatitis B, rhinoviruses, hepatitis A, poliovirus, rubella virus, hepatitis C, arboviruses, rabies virus, influenza viruses A and B, flaviviruses, measles virus, mumps virus, HIV, HTLV I and II.
  • As shown by the following Examples, the method of the invention may be particularly useful for optimizing treatment for HCV infected subjects. Therefore, the method of the invention may be used for optimizing treatment in subjects suffering from viral infections, for example, Hepatitis C virus infection ( type 1, 2, 3 or 4), or HCV or influenza infections.
  • According to a particular embodiment, the subject is suffering from an infectious condition caused by hepatitis C virus (HCV).
  • As used herein the term “HCV” refers to hepatitis C virus having genotype 1 (also known as HCV Type 1), genotype 2 (also known as HCV Type 2), genotype 3 (also known as HCV Type 3), genotype 4 (also known as HCV Type 4), genotype 5 (also known as HCV Type 5) or genotype 6 (also known as HCV Type 6).
  • The phrase “HCV infection” encompasses acute (refers to the first 6 months after infection) and chronic (refers to infection with hepatitis C virus which persists more than 6 month) infection with the hepatitis C virus. Thus, according to some embodiments of the invention, the subject is diagnosed with chronic HCV infection.
  • According to some embodiments of the invention, the subject is infected with HCV type 1. According to some embodiments of the invention, the subject is infected with HCV type 2, 3 or 4. More specifically, Hepatitis C virus (HCV or sometimes HVC) is a small (55-65 nm in size), enveloped, positive-sense single-stranded RNA virus of the family Flaviviridae and as indicated herein, is the cause of hepatitis C in humans. The hepatitis C virus particle consists of a core of RNA, surrounded by an icosahedral protective shell of protein, and further encased in a lipid (fatty) envelope of cellular origin. The Hepatitis C virus has a positive sense single-stranded RNA genome consisting of a single open reading frame that is 9600 nucleotide bases long.
  • Hepatitis C is an infectious disease affecting primarily the liver, is caused by the hepatitis C virus (HCV). The infection is often asymptomatic, but chronic infection can lead to scarring of the liver and ultimately to cirrhosis, which is generally apparent after many years. In some cases, those with cirrhosis will go on to develop liver failure, liver cancer, or life-threatening esophageal and gastric varices. The invention in some embodiments thereof provides methods, kits and compositions for predicting responsiveness of HCV patients to treatment, specifically, interferon.
  • Still further, in certain embodiments the method of the invention may be particularly suitable for optimizing treatment regimen for subjects suffering from an infectious condition caused by any one of HCV, dengue virus, influenza, poliovirus, HIV (human immuno deficiency virus), West Nile virus (WNV) infection and Middle East respiratory syndrome coronavirus (MERS-CoV).
  • According to some particular embodiments, the subject may be a subject suffering from an infectious condition caused by a CMV (cytomegalovirus). In more specific embodiments, the virus may be Human cytomegalovirus (HCMV). CMV belongs to the Herpesviridae family that may be also referred to herein as herpesviruses. HCMV may be also referred to as Human herpesvirus 5 (HHV-5). HCMV infections are frequently associated with the salivary glands. HCMV infection is typically unnoticed in healthy people, but can be life-threatening for the immunocompromised, such as HIV-infected persons, organ transplant recipients, or new born infants. It should be therefore appreciated that the method if the invention may be applicable for determining treatment regimen also for subjects infected by CMV.
  • A subset of immune-mediated diseases is known as autoimmune diseases. As used herein autoimmune diseases arise from an inappropriate immune response of the body against substances and tissues normally present in the body. In other words, the immune system mistakes some part of the body as a pathogen and attacks its own cells. This may be restricted to certain organs (e.g. in autoimmune thyroiditis) or involve a particular tissue in different places (e.g. Goodpasture's disease which may affect the basement membrane in both the lung and the kidney). Autoimmune disease are categorized by Witebsky's postulates (first formulated by Ernst Witebsky and colleagues in 1957) and include (i) direct evidence from transfer of pathogenic antibody or pathogenic T cells, (ii) indirect evidence based on reproduction of the autoimmune disease in experimental animals and (iii) circumstantial evidence from clinical clues. The treatment of autoimmune diseases is typically done by compounds that decrease the immune response.
  • Non-limiting examples for autoimmune disorders include Multiple Sclerosis (MS), inflammatory arthritis. rheumatoid arthritis (RA), Eaton-Lambert syndrome, Goodpasture's syndrome, Greave's disease, Guillain-Barr syndrome, autoimmune hemolytic anemia (AIHA), hepatitis, insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM) and NIDDM, systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), myasthenia gravis, plexus disorders e.g. acute brachial neuritis, polyglandular deficiency syndrome, primary biliary cirrhosis, rheumatoid arthritis, scleroderma, thrombocytopenia, thyroiditis e.g. Hashimoto's disease, Sjogren's syndrome, allergic purpura, psoriasis, mixed connective tissue disease, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, vasculitis, polyarteritis nodosa, arthritis, alopecia areata, polymyalgia rheumatica, Wegener's granulomatosis, Reiter's syndrome, Behget's syndrome, ankylosing spondylitis, pemphigus, bullous pemphigoid, dermatitis herpetiformis, inflammatory bowel disease, ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease and fatty liver disease.
  • In yet another embodiment, the subject is suffering from Multiple sclerosis (MS).
  • Thus, in more specific embodiment, the method of the invention may be particularly useful for optimizing treatment, specifically, interferon treatment for a subject suffering from an autoimmune disorder, specifically, Multiple sclerosis (MS).
  • As used herein the phrase “multiple sclerosis” (abbreviated MS, formerly known as disseminated sclerosis or encephalomyelitis disseminata) is a chronic, inflammatory, demyelinating disease that affects the central nervous system (CNS). Disease onset usually occurs in young adults, is more common in women, and has a prevalence that ranges between 2 and 150 per 100,000 depending on the country or specific population.
  • MS is characterized by presence of at least two neurological attacks affecting the central nervous system (CNS) and accompanied by demyelinating lesions on brain magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). MS takes several forms, with new symptoms occurring either in discrete episodes (relapsing forms) or slowly accumulating over time (progressive forms). Most people are first diagnosed with relapsing-remitting MS (RRMS) but develop secondary-progressive MS (SPMS) after a number of years. Between episodes or attacks, symptoms may go away completely, but permanent neurological problems often persist, especially as the disease advances.
  • Relapsing-remitting multiple sclerosis (RRMS) occurring in 85 percent of the patients and a progressive multiple sclerosis occurring in 15 percent of the patients.
  • According to some embodiments of the invention, the method of the invention may be particularly applicable for subjects diagnosed with RRMS, where early diagnosis of relapse may improve the treatment.
  • In certain embodiments, the methods of the invention may be also useful for determining and optimizing treatment regimen for subjects suffering from Rehumatoid arthritis (RA). It should be appreciated that there are different forms of arthritis that may be generally grouped into two main categories, inflammatory arthritis, and degenerative arthritis, each with different causes. Therefore, according to one specific embodiments the method of the invention may be specifically applicable for inflammatory arthritis. It should be noted that inflammatory arthritis is characterized by synovitis, bone erosions, osteopenia, soft-tissue swelling, and uniform joint space narrowing. More specifically, the hallmarks of joint inflammation are synovitis and erosion of bone. The latter will initially appear as a focal discontinuity of the thin, white, subchondral bone plate. Normally, this subchondral bone plate can be seen even in cases of severe osteopenia, whereas its discontinuity indicates erosion. Still further, the method of the invention may be applicable for determining the most effective personally tailored treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a malignant disorder.
  • As used herein to describe the present invention, “cancer”, “tumor” and “malignancy” all relate equivalently to a hyperplasia of a tissue or organ. If the tissue is a part of the lymphatic or immune systems, malignant cells may include non-solid tumors of circulating cells. Malignancies of other tissues or organs may produce solid tumors. In general, the methods of the present invention may be applicable for non-solid and solid tumors.
  • Malignancy, as contemplated in the present invention may be selected from the group consisting of carcinomas, melanomas, lymphomas and sarcomas. Malignancies that may find utility in the present invention can comprise but are not limited to hematological malignancies (including leukemia, lymphoma and myeloproliferative disorders), hypoplastic and aplastic anemia (both virally induced and idiopathic), myelodysplastic syndromes, all types of paraneoplastic syndromes (both immune mediated and idiopathic) and solid tumors (including lung, liver, breast, colon, prostate GI tract, pancreas and Karposi). More particularly, the malignant disorder may be hepaotcellular carcinoma, colon cancer, melanoma, myeloma, acute or chronic leukemia.
  • In certain embodiments, the methods of the invention may be also useful for determining and optimizing treatment regimen for subjects suffering from a proliferative disorder, specifically a cancer, even in cases the medicament is used only as an adjuvant treatment for cell therapy. More specifically, the methods and kits of the invention may be used for optimizing interferon treatment regimen in cases that interferon is being used as an adjuvant for cell therapy, for example in melanoma patients.
  • It should be noted that in certain embodiments, were the method of the invention uses an induced dynamic approach for determining the M value of the tested individual, an immuno-stimulant suitable for such method may be any one of a synthetic double stranded RNA (poly ICLC), yellow fever (YF) vaccine 17D (YF17D), TLR stimulants such as double-strand RNA or GC.
  • In some specific embodiments, Poly ICLC as used herein is an immunostimulant comprising a synthetic complex of carboxymethylcellulose, polyinosinic-polycytidylic acid, and poly-L-lysine double-stranded RNA. Poly ICLC may stimulate the release of cytotoxic cytokines and induce interferon-gamma production.
  • A further aspect of the invention relates to a kit for determining and optimizing a personalized treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder.
  • In certain embodiments, such kit may comprise elements required for performing any of the methods described above. More specifically, such kit may comprise:
  • (a) detecting molecules specific for determining the level of expression of at least one of ISG15, IFIT1-5, OAS1-3L, HERC5, USP18, IFIT2, RSAD2, ISIT1, MX1, IFIT3, IFI44L, OASL, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, DIX5B, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7 and IFI6 genes in a biological sample.
  • The kit of the invention further comprises (b), means for calculating the M value of a tested subject. As noted above, the M value indicates the ability of said subject to eliminate said disorder.
  • The Kit of the invention further comprises (c) means for calculating the value of M1 or a standard M1 value calculated for a responder population. As indicated above, the M1 value indicates the minimal ability, or specifically, the optimal M1 value required for a successful elimination of the disorder.
  • Finally, the kit of the invention comprises (d) means for calculating the dose A and number B of administrations of said dose A to obtain an amount C of said medicament required for said subject.
  • According to some specific embodiments, means for calculating the value of M comprised within the kit of the invention should enable determination of the M value by any of the different approaches mentioned by the invention. More specifically, the kit of the invention may comprise at least one of:
  • (I) means for performing static analysis for measuring the individual's M value, comprising:
  • (Ia) detecting molecules specific for determining the level of expression of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7 and IFI6 genes in a biological sample for determining an expression value Exsamp in said sample;
  • (Ib) a standard curve, specifically, a predetermined standard curve of expression values of subjects suffering from the same pathologic disorder. Alternatively, the kit of the invention may comprise predetermined values, specifically, maximal expression value Exmax and a minimal expression value Exmin calculated from such standard curve. In yet another embodiment, the kit of the invention may comprise control samples of at least one individual having a Exmax expression value and at least one individual having an Exmin expression value; and
  • (Ic) a formula for calculating M value, more specifically, such formula is M=[(Exsamp−Exmin)/(Exmax−Exmin]. It should be further noted that the kit of the invention may further comprise instructions for determining the expression of any one of the marker genes used by the invention. Moreover, the kit of the invention may further comprise instructions for calculating the required values from the standard curve as well as instructions for calculating the M value using the formula provided.
  • In yet another alternative or additional embodiment, the kit of the invention may comprise means for performing an induced dynamic analysis (II). It should be noted that such analysis should be performed on healthy individuals. In more specific embodiments, such means comprise:
  • (IIa) detecting molecules specific for determining the level of expression of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7 and IFI6 genes in a biological sample for determining an expression value Exsamp in the tested sample before and after stimulation of the subject (or in case of in vitro stimulation of a sample of said subject) with an immuno-stimulant. The kit of the invention further comprises means for calculating the rate of change RCsamp in the expression value Exsamp of the sample before and after stimulation;
  • (IIb) an immuno-stimulant;
  • (IIc) a standard curve, specifically, predetermined standard curve of the rate of change in the expression of at least one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7 and IFI6 genes (and optionally of STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes) in subjects (specifically, healthy subjects) treated with said immuno-stimulant. Alternatively, the kit of the invention may comprise predetermined maximal rate of change value RCmax and a minimal rate of change RCmin value calculated from such standard curve; and
  • (IId) the kit further comprises a formula for calculating said M value. Such formula is M=[(RCsamp−RCmin)/(RCmax−RCmin>]. The kit of the invention further comprises instructions for determining the expression of any one of the marker genes used by the invention. Moreover, the kit of the invention may further comprise instructions for calculating the required values from the standard curve as well as instructions for calculating the M value using the formula provided.
  • In yet another embodiment, the kit of the invention may comprise means for a dynamic analysis (III) comprising:
  • (IIIa) detecting molecules specific for determining the level of expression of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7 and IFI6 genes (and optionally of STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes) in a biological sample for determining an expression value Exsamp in the examined sample before and after treatment of the tested subject with said specific medicament, and for calculating the rate of change RCsamp in the expression value Exsamp of the tested sample.
  • The kit of the invention further comprises (IIb) a standard curve, specifically, predetermined standard curve of the rate of change in the expression of at least one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7 and IFI6 (and optionally of STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes) genes in subjects suffering from the same disorder and treated with the same medicament. Alternatively, the kit of the invention may comprise predetermined maximal rate of change value RCmax and minimal rate of change value RCmin calculated from such standard curve; and
  • The kit of the invention further comprises (IIc) a formula for calculating the M value/More specifically, such formula is M=[(RCsamp−RCmin)/(RCmax−RCmin)].
  • It should be further noted that the kit of the invention may further comprise instructions for determining the expression of any one of the marker genes used by the invention. Moreover, the kit of the invention may further comprise instructions for calculating the required values from the standard curve as well as instructions for calculating the M value using the formula provided.
  • According to certain embodiments, means for calculating the value of M1 comprised within the kit of the invention may comprise:
  • (a) a standard curve, specifically, predetermined K value of the specific disorder;
  • (b) a formula for calculating said M1 value. More specifically, such formula is M1>1-(1/k).
  • In yet another embodiment, the kit of the invention comprises means for calculating the dose A and number B of administrations of said dose A to obtain an amount C of said medicament required for said subject. It should be note that these means include for example, a predetermined dose A1 and predetermined number B1 of administrations of said dose to obtain a predetermined amount C1 of said medicament required for eliminating said disorder in subjects having a value of M that is equal or above said M1 value. These means further comprise the formulas A=A1/(M1/M) and B=B1*(M1/M); that are required for calculating the dose required for the tested subject.
  • According to some embodiments, the kit of the invention may be specifically practiced using 4 or 5 marker genes. More specifically, in some embodiments, the kit of the invention may comprise detecting molecule specific for determining the expression value of OAS2, HERC5, UPS18, UBE216 and optionally of ISG15 genes. In some embodiments, the kit of the invention may comprise detecting molecules specific for OAS2, HERC5, UPS18 and UBE216. In yet further embodiments, the kit of the invention may comprise detecting molecules specific for OAS2, HERC5, UPS18, UBE216 and ISG15 genes.
  • According to one specific embodiment, the kit of the invention comprises detecting molecules that are isolated oligonucleotides, each oligonucleotide specifically hybridize to a nucleic acid sequence of at least one of genes and optionally, to a control reference gene. More specifically, such detecting molecules may be at least one of pair of primer/s at least one primer, and/or nucleotide probes.
  • According to specific embodiments, the kit of the invention may further comprise at least one reagent for conducting a nucleic acid amplification based assay selected from the group consisting of a Real-Time PCR, micro arrays, PCR, in situ Hybridization and Comparative Genomic Hybridization.
  • According to some specific embodiments, the kit of the invention may be specifically suitable for determining and optimizing a personalized interferon treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder.
  • In more specific embodiments, the detecting molecules comprised within the kit of the invention are selected from isolated detecting nucleic acid molecules and isolated detecting amino acid molecules.
  • In more specific embodiments, such nucleic acid detecting molecule comprises isolated oligonucleotides, each oligonucleotide specifically hybridizes to a nucleic acid sequence of said at least one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7 and IFI6 genes (and optionally of STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes) and optionally, to a control reference gene.
  • Still further, such detecting molecule may be at least one of a pair of primers or nucleotide probes.
  • In one embodiment, the polynucleotide-based detection molecules of the invention may be in the form of nucleic acid probes which can be spotted onto an array to measure RNA from the sample of a subject to be diagnosed.
  • As defined herein, a “nucleic acid array” refers to a plurality of nucleic acids (or “nucleic acid members”), optionally attached to a support where each of the nucleic acid members is attached to a support in a unique pre-selected and defined region. These nucleic acid sequences are used herein as detecting nucleic acid molecules. In one embodiment, the nucleic acid member attached to the surface of the support is DNA. In a preferred embodiment, the nucleic acid member attached to the surface of the support is either cDNA or oligonucleotides. In another embodiment, the nucleic acid member attached to the surface of the support is cDNA synthesized by polymerase chain reaction (PCR). In another embodiment, a “nucleic acid array” refers to a plurality of unique nucleic acid detecting molecules attached to nitrocellulose or other membranes used in Southern and/or Northern blotting techniques. For oligonucleotide-based arrays, the selection of oligonucleotides corresponding to the gene of interest which are useful as probes is well understood in the art.
  • As indicated above, assay based on micro array or RT-PCR may involve attaching or spotting of the probes in a solid support. As used herein, the terms “attaching” and “spotting” refer to a process of depositing a nucleic acid onto a substrate to form a nucleic acid array such that the nucleic acid is stably bound to the substrate via covalent bonds, hydrogen bonds or ionic interactions.
  • As used herein, “stably associated” or “stably bound” refers to a nucleic acid that is stably bound to a solid substrate to form an array via covalent bonds, hydrogen bonds or ionic interactions such that the nucleic acid retains its unique pre-selected position relative to all other nucleic acids that are stably associated with an array, or to all other pre-selected regions on the solid substrate under conditions in which an array is typically analyzed (i.e., during one or more steps of hybridization, washes, and/or scanning, etc.).
  • As used herein, “substrate” or “support” or “solid support”, when referring to an array, refers to a material having a rigid or semi-rigid surface. The support may be biological, non-biological, organic, inorganic, or a combination of any of these, existing as particles, strands, precipitates, gels, sheets, tubing, spheres, beads, containers, capillaries, pads, slices, films, plates, slides, chips, etc. Often, the substrate is a silicon or glass surface, (poly)tetrafluoroethylene, (poly) vinylidendifmoride, polystyrene, polycarbonate, a charged membrane, such as nylon or nitrocellulose, or combinations thereof. Preferably, at least one surface of the substrate will be substantially flat. The support may optionally contain reactive groups, including, but not limited to, carboxyl, amino, hydroxyl, thiol, and the like. In one embodiment, the support may be optically transparent. As noted above, the solid support may include polymers, such as polystyrene, agarose, sepharose, cellulose, glass, glass beads and magnetizable particles of cellulose or other polymers. The solid-support can be in the form of large or small beads, chips or particles, tubes, plates, or other forms.
  • The method of the invention may be used for personalized medicine, namely adjusting and customizing healthcare with decisions and practices being suitable to the individual patient by use of genetic information and any additional information collected at different stages of the disease.
  • According to specific embodiments, the biological sample may be a blood sample. Specifically, the biological sample is a sample of peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs). The kit of the invention may therefore optionally comprise suitable mans for obtaining said sample. More specifically, for using the kit of the invention, one must first obtain samples from the tested subjects. To do so, means for obtaining such samples may be required. Such means for obtaining a sample from the mammalian subject can be by any means for obtaining a sample from the subject known in the art. Examples for obtaining e.g. blood or bone marrow samples are known in the art and could be any kind of finger or skin prick or lancet based device, which basically pierces the skin and results in a drop of blood being released from the skin. In addition, aspirating or biopsy needles may be also used for obtaining spleen lymph nodes tissue samples. Samples may of course be taken from any other living tissue, or body secretions comprising viable cells, such as biopsies, saliva or even urine.
  • The inventors consider the kit of the invention in compartmental form. It should be therefore noted that the detecting molecules used for detecting the expression levels of the biomarker genes may be provided in a kit attached to an array. As defined herein, a “detecting molecule array” refers to a plurality of detection molecules that may be nucleic acids based or protein based detecting molecules (specifically, probes, primers and antibodies), optionally attached to a support where each of the detecting molecules is attached to a support in a unique pre-selected and defined region.
  • For example, an array may contain different detecting molecules, such as specific antibodies or primers. As indicated herein before, in case a combined detection of the biomarker genes expression level, the different detecting molecules for each target may be spatially arranged in a predetermined and separated location in an array. For example, an array may be a plurality of vessels (test tubes), plates, micro-wells in a micro-plate, each containing different detecting molecules, specifically, probes, primers and antibodies, against polypeptides encoded by the marker genes used by the invention. An array may also be any solid support holding in distinct regions (dots, lines, columns) different and known, predetermined detecting molecules.
  • As used herein, “solid support” is defined as any surface to which molecules may be attached through either covalent or non-covalent bonds. Thus, useful solid supports include solid and semi-solid matrixes, such as aero gels and hydro gels, resins, beads, biochips (including thin film coated biochips), micro fluidic chip, a silicon chip, multi-well plates (also referred to as microtiter plates or microplates), membranes, filters, conducting and no conducting metals, glass (including microscope slides) and magnetic supports. More specific examples of useful solid supports include silica gels, polymeric membranes, particles, derivative plastic films, glass beads, cotton, plastic beads, alumina gels, polysaccharides such as Sepharose, nylon, latex bead, magnetic bead, paramagnetic bead, super paramagnetic bead, starch and the like. This also includes, but is not limited to, microsphere particles such as Lumavidin™. Or LS-beads, magnetic beads, charged paper, Langmuir-Blodgett films, functionalized glass, germanium, silicon, PTFE, polystyrene, gallium arsenide, gold, and silver. Any other material known in the art that is capable of having functional groups such as amino, carboxyl, thiol or hydroxyl incorporated on its surface, is also contemplated. This includes surfaces with any topology, including, but not limited to, spherical surfaces and grooved surfaces.
  • It should be further appreciated that any of the reagents, substances or ingredients included in any of the methods and kits of the invention may be provided as reagents embedded, linked, connected, attached, placed or fused to any of the solid support materials described above.
  • According to other embodiments, the kit of the invention may be suitable for examining samples such as peripheral blood mononuclear cells and biopsies of organs or tissues.
  • According to some embodiments, the kit of the invention is specifically suitable for optimizing a treatment regimen for subjects suffering from an immune-related disorder.
  • In more specific embodiments, such immune-related disorder may be any one of an infectious condition, an autoimmune disease, and a proliferative disorder.
  • In certain embodiments, the kit of the invention is suitable for optimizing treatment regimen to a subject suffering from an infectious condition caused by any one of HCV, dengue virus, influenza, poliovirus, HIV (human immune-deficiency virus) and West Nile virus (WNV) infection.
  • In yet other embodiments, the kit of the invention may be suitable for optimizing treatment regimen for a subject suffering from Multiple sclerosis (MS).
  • In yet other embodiments, the kit of the invention may be suitable for optimizing treatment regimen for a subject suffering from Rheumatoid Arthritis (RA).
  • In more specific embodiments, were the kit of the invention comprises means for determining the M value using the induced dynamic approach, the kit of the invention may comprises at least one immuno-stimulant that may be any one of a synthetic double stranded RNA (poly ICLC), yellow fever (YF) vaccine 17D (YF17D).
  • In yet a further aspect, the invention provides a computer software product for determining and optimizing a personalized treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder. Such product comprising a computer readable medium in which program instructions are stored, which instructions, when read by a computer, cause the computer to:
  • (a) calculate and determine the value of M that indicates the ability of said subject to eliminate said disorder;
  • (b) determine the value of M1, that indicates the minimal ability required for eliminating said disorder.
  • (c) calculate the dose A and number B of administrations of said dose A to obtain an amount C required for said subject having said M determined/calculated in step (a), from predetermined dose A1 and number B1 of administrations of said dose, using the formula of A=A1/(M1/M) and B=B1*(M1/M).
  • Still further, it must be understood that in certain embodiments, the invention further provides a prognostic composition comprising (a) detecting molecules specific for determining the level of expression of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7 and IFI6 genes (and optionally of STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes) and (b) a biological sample. In certain embodiments, the biological sample may be obtained from the subject that is to be prognosed. In some embodiments, the sample may be a control sample, as discussed herein before. In an optional embodiment, the detecting molecules may be attached to a solid support. As such, the composition of the invention may be specifically suitable for performing any of the prognostic methods disclosed by the invention.
  • As used herein, “disease”, “disorder”, “condition” and the like, as they relate to a subject's health, are used interchangeably and have meanings ascribed to each and all of such terms.
  • The present invention relates to the treatment of subjects, or patients, in need thereof. By “patient”, “individual” or “subject in need” it is meant any organism who may be affected by the above-mentioned conditions, and to whom the treatment and diagnosis methods herein described is desired, including humans. More specifically, the composition of the invention is intended for mammals. By “mammalian subject” is meant any mammal for which the proposed therapy is desired, including human, equine, canine, and feline subjects, most specifically humans.
  • It should be noted that specifically in cases of non-human subjects, the method of the invention may be performed using administration via injection, drinking water, feed, spraying, oral gavages and directly into the digestive tract of subjects in need thereof.
  • The term “treatment or prevention” refers to the complete range of therapeutically positive effects of administrating to a subject including inhibition, reduction of, alleviation of, and relief from, a condition known to be treated with interferon, for example an immune-related disorder as detailed herein. More specifically, treatment or prevention of relapse or recurrence of the disease includes the prevention or postponement of development of the disease, prevention or postponement of development of symptoms and/or a reduction in the severity of such symptoms that will or are expected to develop. These further include ameliorating existing symptoms, preventing-additional symptoms and ameliorating or preventing the underlying metabolic causes of symptoms. It should be appreciated that the terms “inhibition”, “moderation”, “reduction” or “attenuation” as referred to herein, relate to the retardation, restraining or reduction of a process by any one of about 1% to 99.9%, specifically, about 1% to about 5%, about 5% to 10%, about 10% to 15%, about 15% to 20%, about 20% to 25%, about 25% to 30%, about 30% to 35%, about 35% to 40%, about 40% to 45%, about 45% to 50%, about 50% to 55%, about 55% to 60%, about 60% to 65%, about 65% to 70%, about 75% to 80%, about 80% to 85% about 85% to 90%, about 90% to 95%, about 95% to 99%, or about 99% to 99.9%.
  • With regards to the above, it is to be understood that, where provided, percentage values such as, for example, 10%, 50%, 120%, 500%, etc., are interchangeable with “fold change” values, i.e., 0.1, 0.5, 1.2, 5, etc., respectively.
  • All scientific and technical terms used herein have meanings commonly used in the art unless otherwise specified. The definitions provided herein are to facilitate understanding of certain terms used frequently herein and are not meant to limit the scope of the present disclosure.
  • As used herein the term “about” refers to 10% The terms “comprises”, “comprising”, “includes”, “including”, “having” and their conjugates mean “including but not limited to”. The term “consisting essentially of” means that the composition, method or structure may include additional ingredients, steps and/or parts, but only if the additional ingredients, steps and/or parts do not materially alter the basic and novel characteristics of the claimed composition, method or structure.
  • The term “about” as used herein indicates values that may deviate up to 1%, more specifically 5%, more specifically 10%, more specifically 15%, and in some cases up to 20% higher or lower than the value referred to, the deviation range including integer values, and, if applicable, non-integer values as well, constituting a continuous range.
  • As used herein the term “about” refers to 10%. The terms “comprises”, “comprising”, “includes”, “including”, “having” and their conjugates mean “including but not limited to”. This term encompasses the terms “consisting of” and “consisting essentially of”. The phrase “consisting essentially of” means that the composition or method may include additional ingredients and/or steps, but only if the additional ingredients and/or steps do not materially alter the basic and novel characteristics of the claimed composition or method. Throughout this specification and the Examples and claims which follow, unless the context requires otherwise, the word “comprise”, and variations such as “comprises” and “comprising”, will be understood to imply the inclusion of a stated integer or step or group of integers or steps but not the exclusion of any other integer or step or group of integers or steps.
  • As used herein the term “method” refers to manners, means, techniques and procedures for accomplishing a given task including, but not limited to, those manners, means, techniques and procedures either known to, or readily developed from known manners, means, techniques and procedures by practitioners of the chemical, pharmacological, biological, biochemical and medical arts.
  • The term “about” as used herein indicates values that may deviate up to 1 percent, more specifically 5 percent, more specifically 10 percent, more specifically 15 percent, and in some cases up to 20 percent higher or lower than the value referred to, the deviation range including integer values, and, if applicable, non-integer values as well, constituting a continuous range.
  • It must be noted that, as used in this specification and the appended claims, the singular forms “a”, “an” and “the” include plural referents unless the content clearly dictates otherwise.
    • EXAMPLES Experimental Procedures
  • The expression levels of the genes of interest were obtained from publicly available data bases [http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/geo/] using the following Gene Expression Omnibus Accession Nos:
  • Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE30719 (described in Example 2A) describes genetic data from retinal pigment epithelial (RPE) infected with immunopathogenic West Nile virus (WNV). RNA was extracted after 24 hours and analyzed using Affymetrix arrays.
  • Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE18816 (described in Example 2B) describes peripheral-blood leucocytes that were separated from buffy coats of three healthy blood donors and were differentiated for 14 days before use. Differentiated macrophages infected with H1N1 and H5N1 viruses at a multiplicity of infection (MOD of two were analyzed. Total RNA was extracted from cells after 1, 3, and 6h post-infection, and the gene expression profiling was performed using an Affymetrix Human Gene 1.0 ST microarray platform.
  • Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE13052 (described in Example 2C) describes studies from whole blood transcriptional profiles of children infected 4 days with dengue virus with different clinical outcomes. The tested subjects included 9 acute dengue shock samples, 9 acute uncomplicated dengue samples, 6 autologous follow up dengue samples and 6 autologous follow up uncomplicated dengue patients. Microarray data was normalized using Gene spring GX7 software, statistical analysis was performed in Multiexperiment viewer software. Pathway analysis was performed using Ingenuity Pathway analysis online software.
  • Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE17183 (described in Example 3A) provides data from liver biopsy from 30 patients before and one week after starting combination therapy with IFN+Rib. Hepatocytes and liver-infiltrating lymphocytes (LILs) were obtained from 12 patients using laser capture micro dissection (LCM).
  • Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE16214 (described in Example 3B) provides data from PBMC samples that were collected from relapsing-remitting MS subjects and CIS subjects. The first time point was chosen for each subject with multiple measurements based on an at least three months of treatment criteria. We thereafter analyzed the data for each treatment category.
  • Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE 5549 (described in Example 3C) provides gene expression microarrays data obtained from embryonic fibroblast cell line was synchronously infected with poliovirus in the absence or presence of interferon-α, or with vacciniavirus, a virus that is not inhibited by interferon. The cells were incubated for 1 h with either poliovirus or vacciniavirus, washed and incubated for another 4 to 16 h. Total RNA from three parallel cell cultures were used for each time point and compared with mock infected cells.
  • Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE15245 (described in Example 4)
  • Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE 37107 and GEO 42296, disclosed gene profiling of RA patients treated with RTX or infliximab, respectively (described in Example 5).
  • Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE18464 provides gene expression data of CD 14+ monocytes isolated from 55 subjects, 22 with HIV HVL, 22 with HIV LVL and 11 HIV seronegative controls (described in Example 6).
  • Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE27248 provides gene expression of Ferrets (3 ferrets in each group) immunized with different adjuvant human seasonal vaccines of CFA plus vaccine, CpG plus vaccine, pegylated IFN-alpha plus vaccine and vaccine alone (PBS plus vaccine) (described in Example 7).
  • Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE31518, GSE31471 and GSE31472 (described in Example 10) provide gene expression data obtained at 2, 4, 6, 8 and 10 hours post infection of three different host cell lines (A549, MDCK and CEF) with three different Influenza A virus strains, pH1N1 (A/Singapore/478/2009), H9N2 and H5N2.
  • Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE52428 (described in Example 10) provide gene expression data obtained from microarrays assay of peripheral blood at baseline and every 8 hours for 7 days following intranasal influenza A H1N1 or H3N2 inoculation in healthy volunteers.
  • Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE838 (described in Example 8A) provides gene expression data in peripheral blood leukocytes (PBL) from normal individuals sampled multiple times over periods ranging from several weeks up to 6 months.
  • Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE3649 (described in Example 8B) provides data of variation in gene expression patterns in the blood of healthy individuals, by using cDNA microarrays.
  • Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE32862 (described in Example 9) provides data from synthetic double stranded RNA that induces innate immunity similar to a live viral vaccine in humans.
  • The innate immune response in humans to synthetic double stranded RNA (poly ICLC), a ligand for TLR3 and MDA-5 cytosolic RNA helicase was studied. Transcriptional analysis of blood samples from eight volunteers, after subcutaneous administration of poly ICLC were obtained and analyzed.
  • Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE13699 (described in Example 9) provides data of the immune response to the yellow fever vaccine 17D.
  • The data was downloaded from the each one of these selected Gene Expression Omnibus Accession and was analyzed using custom programs written in MATLAB.
  • Specifically, after verifying normalization of data (such as RMA quantile on Affymetrix arrays) and averaging multiple probes per gene, MATLAB mattest is carried out with permutations to calculate pvals. In brief, mattest perform two-sample t-test to evaluate differential expression of genes from two experimental conditions or phenotypes.
    • Example 1
  • A Mathematical Model for Determining a Treatment Regimen
  • The model developed in here is based on a biological situation in which an animal cell is being infected with a virus having a multiplicity rate K. The cell may be subjected to additional viruses penetrating the cytoplasm by a rate P. The viral infection is reduced or terminated at a rate of M (A person's M is considered to be from 0 to 1. For example, a value of M=0.5 means half of existing viruses will be destroyed).
  • The viral infection may be terminated by the immune system of a subject that upon infection is induced and thus capable of destroying the virus by itself with no external therapy. Alternately, the viral infection may be terminated by injection of an appropriate treatment for example with IFN that leads to distraction of the virus. After the IFN effect is diminished, infection may occur again.
  • The following set of equations was designed generally to describe the above situation:
  • The period at which the cell is being infected with a virus starts at time X(N−1) and ends at time X(N), the virus load at both time points should be therefore described as follows:

  • X(N)═X(N−1)*K+P*X(N−1);
  • The period at which the virus is destroyed either by the immune system, by administration of treatment for example interferon or combination of both starts at time (N) and ends at time (N+1). The virus load (X) at the start point X(N) and the end time point X(N+1) is described as follows:

  • X(N+1)=X(N)−M*X(N);
  • As shown above, the virus load at a certain time point depends on the ability of said individual to eliminate and reduce said virus, as reflected by the M value. The following equations were used in MATLAB for simulation purposes.
  • FIG. 1 [based on schematics from Sadler A J. et al. Nature Reviews Immunology 8:559-568 (July 2008)], shows a schematic representation of such a model at a cellular level and emphasizes the ongoing balance between invading virus that is multiplying in the cytoplasm at a rate K and the effect of defending genes that are participating and assisting to diminish the virus. As detailed above, these genes are regulated either by the immune response, external treatment or combination of the two.
  • FIG. 2 shows simulations of the above model equations by assuming the following: P=0 (namely, no additional virus from neighboring cells is penetrating to the cell) and K=2 (namely, the virus population doubles itself. The value of M was varied throughout the simulation from 0 to 1. The results in FIG. 2 show the virus amount (virus load) as a function of the rate of M during time. As can be seen at lower M values of 0.04 to 0.48, the virus is capable of multiplying and hence the disease is progressing, as the immune system is not succeeding in elimination thereof. The effect of M is observed as follows: upon increasing the value of M for example from 0.04 to 0.36, the amount of virus is reduced, indicating that that the viral load is reduced to some extend as a function of M. Increasing M to a value higher than 0.6 shows that the viral load is reduced, namely the disease is eliminated. This may indicate that the immune system is succeeding in stopping the virus.
  • The simulation shown in FIG. 2, shows that a person having at least an M value of 0.6 will reach this limit using 12 shots (3 month), or he can reach this limit with 4 shots if he has M greater than 0.8. On the x axis the peaks represent IFN cycles assuming they are given once a week.
  • The model clearly shows that X(0) the initial load, has no impact on response rate as setting the initial load of the virus to different values does not change the curves, namely there is a dependency only on the relations between M and K, specifically, the ability of the individual and the virulence of the pathogen.
  • FIG. 3 shown similar simulations, however, in this simulation the virus is simulated to multiply faster and k is set to 3. The results show that the response curves for the different M's in this new situation are different (FIG. 3). For example, the virus amount is reduced at a large M value of about 0.68. In other words, for eliminating more virulent viruses, a larger M is required.
  • The assumption for P=0 is based on virological consideration for example once the virus penetrates the cell penetrations of other viruses from the exterior are blocked.
  • These two simulation results can be interpreted as follows:
  • First—assuming that an individual is infected with a virus, initially the immune system responds to this infection in an attempt to destroy the virus. The virus is multiplied by a rate K and the immune system of the tested subject may be viewed as a component having the rate M. The “decision” or determination if a person will be able to fight the viral infection on its own depends on the interplay between M and K as shown in FIGS. 2 and 3. The simulation using different M values may be viewed as a heterogeneous population having varying immune system capabilities.
  • Second—assuming that an individual is infected with a virus and is being treated with an anti viral treatment directed to distraction of the virus. The virus is multiplied by a rate K and the antiviral treatment may be viewed as a component having the rate M. The interplay between M and K as shown in FIGS. 2 and 3 may be used for determining if a person will cure from the viral infection using the treatment. The simulation with different M values may be viewed as different treatments regimens (dosing and timing), or a heterogeneous population having varying response to treatment (possibly because of immune response) or combinations of the two. In such a situation, the time unit (X-axis) may be considered as the number of treatment administrations (for example injections) to be used.
  • The clinical implications of this model suggest that if an intrinsic M of an individual can be measured, it may be possible to precisely predict if an individual will be able to use its own immune system to fight, eradicate and/or eliminate a viral infection (assuming K is known). This model may be further used to predict if an individual is a responder or non responder to treatment with a specific therapeutic agent, for example, IFN treatment. This can be used to predict the outcome of the response, namely what will be the viral amount (viral load) at the end of the treatment and as such, may help in determining the required dosage regimen accordingly. Moreover, this model may be used for calculating and determining the rate of the elevation in the M value required for eliminating of a specific virus having a specific K rate in a specific viral load. Such elevation of M may be achieved by designing an appropriate treatment regimen.
  • For example, a person that is characterized by having a M value of 0.6 is being administered with IFN in order to treat a viral infection of a virus that has a K value of 2 (namely, doubles itself every week), will need 12 injections to reach one tenth of his initial load. The results may also serve for prediction of the interval time between treatments, namely, if the time between the injections is shortened from a week to 3 days, an individual may reach the targeted virus load in half the time.
  • As known in the art, occasionally infectious disease/s are also treated with a new generation of compounds known as Protease Inhibitors (PI), or with a combination of interferon with any “new generation” drug. Thus, the model incorporates a further possibility that after a subject is being infected with a virus, interferon is administered together with a Protease Inhibitor.
  • In such a case the virus is in fact affected by interferon and the protease inhibitors, reflected by M1. Accordingly, the equation

  • X(N+1)=X(N)−M*X(N);

  • is now represented as:

  • X(N+1)=X(N)−M*X(N)−M1*X(N);
  • FIG. 4 shows a simulation of a situation with K of 2, P of 0 and M is 0.44. In such case, the tuning should be M1 greater than 0.3 to shift an original non-responder person having a basic rate of M=0.44 to a responder. In fact, having a value of M1 of 0.14 seems to be sufficient to be considered as a responder.
  • Turning to FIG. 2, a person with M=0.44 being infected with a virus of k=2 and assume D p=0, seems not to recover from the infection. However, the use of the correct M1 value that may be achieved in this case using combined treatment with Protease Inhibitors might help as seen in FIG. 4.
  • M may be considered as a result of the amount of IFN genes that are released upon infection and/or upon treatment (such as for example ISG15, HERC5, USP18, OAS2, OAS 3, OASL, IFI44L). Thus, in case treatment includes PI, the M1 value is added to the value of M that may be now considered as a total amount required for eliminating existing viruses. Similarly, the methods of the invention provide any specific regimen of treatment, being personally adapted to achieve the required M1 value in a person having a particular M value that is required to achieve the desired result of virus elimination, or elimination of any of the disease symptoms.
  • The following examples provide results obtained from statistical analysis of data base information and are aimed at showing the importance of combining genetic data from different groups of individuals, and uses thereof in determining a suitable Taylor-made treatment for each individual. Specifically, the inventor has used data from healthy individuals, healthy individuals after stimulation of the immune system, individuals infected with different types of viruses (having different lethality potential) and patients treated with appropriate treatments. The complete data presented in the Examples below provide a comprehensive analysis and a unique understanding on a representative arsenal of genes and the degree to which each gene can be up regulated.
  • Moreover, the data presented herein clearly indicate that the value of M is an individual value for each subject and determination thereof (prior to the occurrence of any pathologic disorder), may reflect the ability of a given subject to overcome pathologic disorders, specifically, viral infections. Furthermore, predetermination of such characterizing M value for each individual enables determination, optimization and fine tuning of treatment regimen specifically suitable and effective for such individual.
    • Example 2
  • Gene Profiling after Viral Infections
  • The purpose of this example was to find a minimal representative set of genes that are regulated after infection and that measuring their expression will enable determination of the capability of an individual to overcome a viral infection. More specifically, a set of genes enabling the determination of the specific M value of a given individual.
    • Example 2A
  • Genes Expression in West Nile Virus (WNV) Infected RPE
  • FIG. 5 shows a representation of genes, each depicted by a different point, such that each point represents the ratio of the specific gene between its expression 24 hours after infection and its base line value. Each point corresponds to an average value of the ratio of the specific gene calculated for all the tested individuals. Each gene (point) is assigned with a value along the X axis that corresponds to the regulation fold (either up regulation or down regulation) and with a value along the Y axis corresponding to the significant of the regulation. Thus, this analysis provides a quantitative indication for the dominating genes that are regulated in infected individuals with respect to a baseline level determined before infection.
  • The analysis was obtained by averaging all probes per gene analyzed using volcano analysis on their RMA affymetrix normalized data, at 24h post infection.
  • The results indicate that in individuals who were infected with the virus, a high number of genes were up regulated. Specifically, IFIT1-5, OAS1-3L, ISG15, HERC5, USP18 and triggering genes like TLR3, IFIH1, DDX58(RIG-I)
    • Example 2B
  • Gene Expression in Macrophages Infected with H1N1 and H5N1 Viruses
  • As appreciated, human disease caused by highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI) H5N1 can lead to a rapidly progressive viral pneumonia leading to acute respiratory distress syndrome.
  • Table 1 shows a list of genes that were found to be up regulated 6 hours post infection in the more challenging H5N1 compare to H1N1. FIG. 6 is a volcano plot showing the genes that are up regulated six hours post infection with both viruses.
  • As shown in Table 1 and FIG. 6, the group of genes including the ISG15, HERC5, USP18, OAS, IFIT and IFI44 show an enhanced up regulation pattern after infection with H5N1.
  • As can be seen, the degree of up regulation for each gene is increased after infection with H5N1 compared to H1N1.
  • These results suggest that an increased immune response is provided by the host upon infection with H5N1 that is considered more lethal. This enhanced host response may be mediated for example by IFIH1 (MDA5) and DDX58 (RIG-I) gene products.
  • TABLE 1
    IFN Genes up regulated in the more challenging H5N1 compare
    to H1N1 at 6 hours post infection.
    Gene Name Fold Change
    LAMP3 2.019927
    OASL 1.740487
    HERC5 1.66951
    IFNA13///IFNA1 1.605767
    RSAD2 1.257327
    ISG15 1.22565
    DDX58 1.22122
    IFIT1 1.173913
    IFIH1 1.141153
    IFNA8 1.098233
    IFIT2 0.884427
    DHX58 0.843863
    IFIT3 0.7848
    IFI44 0.77259
    OAS2 0.745073
    USP41///USP18 0.739487
    IFIT5 0.722987
    MX1 0.65857
    • Example 2C
  • Gene expression in whole blood transcriptional profiles of children infected 4 days with dengue virus Genetic expression from blood obtained from children infected with dengue virus (dengue fever) that developed to dengue shock syndrome (DSS) was compared to well-matched patients with uncomplicated dengue.
  • FIG. 7 is a volcano plot showing the group of genes that are regulated for children presenting with dengue shock syndrome (DSS) and well-matched patients with uncomplicated dengue. The plot shows uncomplicated vs. DSS.
  • The genes include ISG15, HERC5, UBE2L6, USP18, OAS, IFIT, and IFI44. These results show that this set of genes is regulated to protect the host from the infection. Without being bound by any theory, the inventors suggest that this is mediated by IFIH1 (MDA5), DDX58 (RIG-I) and TLR7.
  • Taken together the results shown in all the individuals infected with different viruses having different lethality potential, that a representative set of genes that is being unregulated. The set of genes include for example IFIT2, RSAD2, ISIT1, HERC5, MX1, IFIT3, IFI44L, OASL, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, DDX58, DHX58, ISG15, USP18, and UBE2L.
  • These genes that are involved in innate immunity may be used as an indicator for the ability of a specific individual to eliminate that pathologic disorder.
    • Example 3
  • Gene Profiling after Interferon Treatment
    • Example 3A
  • Gene Analysis in HCV Patients Treated with Interferon
  • The differential genetic expression in liver biopsies of responders and non-responders HCV patients after combined therapy is shown in FIG. 8. Specifically, the left hand side shows the ratio of expression level of genes in responders vs. non-responders at day 0 (namely, before treatment), whereas the right hand side shows the results obtained after one week following treatment of IFN and RBV. The results provide a representative set of genes having a low expression value before treatment in patients who are referred to as responders. One week after treatment, these genes were clearly up regulated in the responders group.
  • A non-limiting example is the results of ISG15 expression as specifically shown in Table 2. The initial ISG15 expression level in responders is low compared to non-responders. As shown by the Table, a week after treatment, a clear elevation in the expression of said gene appears in the responder group, whereas the non-responders show a clear reduction. Based on these results it may be suggested that the expression level of this gene in responders is close to its saturation level, and therefore interferon cannot induce elevation in the expression of these genes.
  • The same results were obtained for HERC5, USP18, OAS, IFIT and IFI44.
  • TABLE 2
    Expression level of ISG15 in biopsies of ten responders
    and ten non-responders HCV patients before treatment
    and after one week of IFN and Rib treatment.
    non responders responders
    log2 expression before IFN 9.016884851 7.682601881
    log2 change after 1 week of 0.399427605 2.694511557
    treatment
  • The results obtained here are in accordance with previous results shown in International Patent Application WO10076788 that is a previous application by the inventor, which describes five signature genes that are up regulated before interferon treatment in patients that are considered non-responders to interferon treatment. Thus, based on the expression of the five signature genes before treatment, one can assess the probability to respond to treatment.
  • These finding were also repeated in additional data sets. Chen et al which gene expression from tissue taken from HCV patients before treatment in Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE 11190 provides data on tissue before and 4 hours after IFN injection. The same behavior as explained here was shown in these data sets.
    • Example 3B
  • MS Patients Treated with Interferon
  • Analysis of a cohort of 90 patients from PBMC samples of relapsing-remitting MS subjects and Clinically Isolated Demyelinating Syndrome (CIS) subjects.
  • Samples were selected at the first time point for each subject with multiple measurements based on an at least three months of treatment criteria Data was obtained Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE16214.
  • Both the volcano (FIG. 9) and the dynamic analysis disclosed in FIGS. 10A and 10B show the same observation of the determination of available dynamic range to predict the outcome of the treatment.
  • The volcano plot in FIG. 9 shows the genes are up regulated following treatment with IFN β compared to not-treated patients.
  • FIGS. 10A and 10B show the level of genes expression in MS patients before and after three month of treatment, respectively. The expression level of the genes is lower in most patients before treatment. Specifically, about 70 patients show low levels of expression and only about 20 patients show higher levels of expression (FIG. 10A). After treatment, as shown in FIG. 10B, patients who had a low gene expression before treatment (namely patients 1 to 70), show an increased expression after treatment, whereas those patients who had a high gene expression before treatment (namely patients 71 to 90), show a reduced expression after treatment.
  • The patients exhibiting an increase in the expression level may be considered as responders whereas the patients showing a decrease in the expression level or lack of elevation, may be considered as non-responders.
    • Example 3C
  • Gene Analysis in Poliovirus Infected Cells and Treated with Interferon
  • A human embryonic fibroblast cell line was synchronously infected with poliovirus in the absence or presence of interferon-α, or with vaccinia virus, a virus that is not inhibited by interferon. The samples were washed and incubated for another 4 to 16 h. Total RNA from three parallel cell cultures were used for each time point and compared with mock infected cells.
  • Interferon-alpha, at a concentration sufficient to inhibit poliovirus replication, was used to define genes that might be involved in viral defense.
  • Analysis of GSE 5549 database shows that the top genes of the Interferon are up regulated when Embryonic cells are injected with IFN (Table 3 shown 16h following injection), and Table 4, shows the elevation of gene expression at 16 hr after IFN was added to culture infected with polio virus (Table 4). Tables 3 and 4 show data from Grinde B, et al. (2007).
  • TABLE 3
    HE cells,
    interferon,
    Name of gene 16 h
    Interferon. alpha-inducible protein (clone IFI-15K) 5.11
    Interferon. alpha-inducible protein (clone IFI-6-16) 3.09
    Major histocompatibility complex. class I. C 2.71
    Interferon induced transmembrane protein 2 (1-8D) 2.63
    H300000271 2.6
    Lymphocyte antigen 6 complex. locus E 2.56
    HLA class I histocompatibility antigen. A-3 alpha 2.55
    chain precursor (MHC class I antigen A*3).
    [Source: Uniprot/SWISSPROT:Acc:P04439]
    Signal transducer and activator of transcription 2.483333
    1. 91kDa
    Interferon-induced protein 44-like 2.45
    Major histocompatibility complex. class I. B 2.4
    Interferon-induced protein with tetratricopeptide 2.29
    repeats 3
    Tripartite motif-containing 22 2.2
    HLA-G histocompatibility antigen. class I. G 2.145
    Ubiquitin-conjugating enzyme E2L 6 2.14
    HLA class I histocompatibility antigen. alpha 2.136667
    chain G precursor (HLA G antigen).
    [Source: Uniprot/SWISSPROT:Acc:P17693]
    Major histocompatibility complex. class I. F 2.12
    Beta-2-microglobulin 2.08
    HLA class I histocompatibility antigen. B-7 alpha 2.05
    chain precursor (MHC class I antigen B*7).
    [Source: Uniprot/SWISSPROT:Acc:P01889]
    Bone marrow stromal cell antigen 2 2.02
    Epithelial stromal interaction 1 (breast) 2.01
    2′.5′-oligoadenylate synthetase 1. 40/46kDa 1.98
  • TABLE 4
    HE cells,
    interferon +
    poliovirus,
    Name of gene 16h
    Interferon, alpha-inducible protein (clone IFI-15K) 4.91
    Interferon, alpha-inducible protein (clone IFI-6-16) 2.89
    Major histocompatibility complex. class I. C 2.8
    Major histocompatibility complex. class I. C 2.73
    Interferon induced transmembrane protein 2 (1-8D) 2.71
    Interferon-induced protein 44-like 2.7
    Signal transducer and activator of transcription 2.6
    1. 91kDa
    Major histocompatibility complex. class I. C 2.58
    Major histocompatibility complex. class I. B 2.47
    Signal transducer and activator of transcription 2.44
    1. 91kDa
    Major histocompatibility complex. class I. A 2.43
    H300000271 2.38
    HLA class I histocompatibility antigen. B-7 alpha 2.37
    chain precursor (MHC class I antigen B*7).
    [Source: Uniprot/SWISSPROT:Acc:P01889]
    major histocompatibility complex. class I. B 2.35
    2′.5′-oligoadenylate synthetase 1. 40/46kDa 2.29
    Interferon-induced protein with tetratricopeptide 2.28
    repeats 3
    Signal transducer and activator of transcription 1. 2.26
    91kDa
    HLA class I histocompatibility antigen. A-3 alpha 2.25
    chain precursor (MHC class I antigen A*3).
    [Source: Uniprot/SWISSPROT:Acc:P04439]
    HLA-G histocompatibility antigen. class I. G 2.19
    Tripartite motif-containing 22 2.18
    HLA-G histocompatibility antigen. class I. G 2.16
    Beta-2-microglobulin 2.15
    Ubiquitin-conjugating enzyme E2L 6 2.15
  • The results show that a set of genes can be detected in all the studied cases regardless of the viral origin, namely the set is reproducible and universal. In this connection, the M value, that reflects the ability of the specific individual to eliminate the disease symptoms (viral infection, for example), can be considered as a phenotype.
  • Taken together the results shown above suggest that there is a dynamic range for each gene that controls the extent to which a gene can be up regulated and down regulated. This dynamic range of a given gene is required and accordingly the protein encoded by said gene is recruited by the host for eliminating a variety of viral infections. For example, the more pathogenic virus H5N1 compared to H1N1, dengue virus in children and western Nile virus. This dynamic range varies between people as evident from the differences between responders and non responders and from the differences between people that mange to fight viral infection on their own and those who do not. The results presented herein clearly suggested that M as defined in the model above is a phenotypic properties of a specific individual.
    • Example 4
  • Inverse Correlation Between the Expression of the Genes of the Invention and Relapse in MS Patients
  • The inventors used gene expression data of Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE15245, to determine whether the expression of the genes of the invention, namely, USP18, IFI44, MX1, IFI44L, OAS3, HERC5 and RSAD2, can distinguish between MS patients experiencing relapse and patients that respond to interferon treatment and therefore do not experience relapse. As shown in FIG. 11, sum of the expression values of these genes was inversely correlated with relapse rate of fifty MS patients. More specifically, patients 27 to 50 that displayed low initial expression level of the genes of the invention, showed no relapse, whereas patients exhibiting high expression level of the genes of the invention showed enhanced relapse rate.
  • The inventors have further analyzed data obtained from GSE5574 that provides gene expression data of MS patients treated with Avonex (0-interferon once a week). The expression of the ISG15, UPS18, UBE2L6 and HERC5 genes of the invention was examined before and during treatment (6 points including 2 reading naïve prior to treatment, 2 readings 24 hr following first treatment, 2 readings 6 month following treatment and a week after last IFNB Avonex treatment. The expression level was compared with the following clinical parameters, wherein nonresponsive patients experienced clinical exacerbations including optic neuritis and ataxia requiring steroid treatment, none of the other patients reported any progression of symptoms during the course of the study. The non-responsive patients could not elevate the expression of the genes of the invention (data not shown). Therefore, follow-up of the expression of the signatory genes of the invention during treatment reflects the responsiveness of the patient.
    • Example 5
  • Determination of Treatment Regimen in Rheumatoid Arthritis (RA) Patients
  • B cell depletion therapy, for example, by using Rituximab, a chimeric monoclonal antibody against the protein CD20 which is primarily found on the surface of immune system B cells, is efficacious in rheumatoid arthritis (RA) patients that do not respond to tumor necrosis factor (TNF) blocking agents. However, approximately 40% to 50% of rituximab (RTX) treated RA patients display a poor response. The inventors therefore next explored the possibility of using the method of the invention as a tool for determining an appropriate treatment regimen for RA patients. More specifically, the invention provides for any specific individual, a molecular tool to determine whether a RTX treatment is appropriate, or alternatively, treatment with TNF blockers, such as Infliximab (INN; trade name Remicade), that is a chimeric monoclonal antibody specific for tumor necrosis factor alpha (TNF-α), may be more appropriate. Therefore, the inventors analyzed gene expression data provided by GSE 37107 and GEO 42296 that disclosed gene profiling of RA patients treated with RTX or infliximab, respectively.
  • More specifically, Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE 37107 provides expression profiling data of on whole peripheral blood RNA obtained from 14 RA patients treated with RTX. Expression data of 6 non responders were compared to 8 responders. Responsiveness has been determined 6 months after treatment, using disease activity score (ΔDAS28<1.2) and European League against Rheumatism (EULAR). The samples were obtained and examined prior to treatment.
  • Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GEO 42296 provides expression profiling data of whole peripheral blood RNA obtained from 29 individuals treated with infliximab and compares the gene expression profiling of 13 non-responders with 6 responders. The samples were obtained and examined prior to treatment.
  • The inventors have found that the genes presented in Table 5, are common to both groups and are differentially expressed in the RTX and the infliximab treatment. More specifically, the genes of Table 5, were found to be up-regulated in infliximab responders and down regulated in non-responders. In contrast, the very same genes were found to be down-regulated RTX responders, and up-regulated in RTX non-responders.
  • FIG. 12 illustrates the differential expression as calculated from the sum of the common genes, indicating that an individual displaying a high initial expression of these genes will benefit infliximab treatment, whereas an individual displaying a low initial level of expression of these genes will benefit RTX treatment.
  • TABLE 5
    common signatory genes
    MXI
    IFITM3
    IFI44L
    HERC5
    IFI44
    IFI6
    OAS1
    OAS3
    RSAD2
    IFIT1
    IFIT3
    DDX58
    • Example 6
  • Inverse Correlation Between the Expression of the Signatory Genes of the Invention and Responsiveness to HARRT Treatment of HIV Infected Patient
  • To examine whether the signatory genes of the invention may have a predictive value on further viral infections and treatment of patients with other therapeutic agents, The inventors next examined whether the signatory genes of the invention, namely, IFI27, ISG15, IFIH1, IFI44L, OAS2, DDX58, IFIT1 and IFI6, may correlate with responsiveness of HIV infected patients to HAART treatment. More specifically, HIV infected patients that were treated with highly active antiviral therapies (HAART) that is a combination of multiple drugs that act on different viral targets, as reflected by the reduction in virus load.
  • The inventors used gene expression data of Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE18464 that provides gene expression data of high-density cDNA microarrays was performed on CD 14+ monocytes isolated from 55 subjects, 22 with HIV HVL, 22 with HIV LVL and 11 HIV seronegative controls. The examined patients were evaluated for virus load. The categorization of high or low viral load was based on clinical criteria with LVL <10,000 RNA copies/ml and HVL as >10,000 RNA copies/ml. Subjects in the study were males between 30 and 66 years of age and the cohort was comprised of white (62%), black (19%), Hispanic (12%), Asian (4%) and other (3%) individuals. At the time of the study individuals in the LVL group were on highly active antiretroviral therapies (HAART), while subjects with HVL fell into one of three categories: on HAART (15); scheduled treatment interruption (6) or HAART naïve (1).
  • FIG. 13 presents the correlation between reduced virus load of the HIV patients and the initial expression of the genes of the invention in all 44 examined patients. As shown by the figure, a low expression rate of the genes of the invention is associated with a low virus load that reflects responsiveness to HAART treatment in patients 22-44 (that are the LVL group).
    • Example 7
  • In Vivo Adjuvant Activity in Ferrets Vaccinated Against Influenza Virus
  • To examine whether the signatory genes of the invention may be applicable for prediction of responsiveness in other mammals, the gene expression profile of Ferrets vaccinated against influenza virus was next analyzed. The inventors used gene expression data of Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE27248 that provides gene expression of Ferrets (3 ferrets in each group) immunized with different adjuvant human seasonal vaccines of CFA plus vaccine, CpG plus vaccine, pegylated IFN-alpha plus vaccine and vaccine alone (PBS plus vaccine). The control group comprised 4 ferrets received PBS only. The whole blood was collected for RNA extraction and subsequent gene expression analysis was performed with Affymetrix GeneChip Canine Genome 2.0 Array. The inventors analyzed the expression of the genes of the invention ISG15, HERC5, USP18 and UBE2L6, in all experimental groups. As shown in FIG. 14, a clear correlation of elevated expression of the genes of the invention is exhibited in response to treatment with CpG adjuvant. It should be noted that CpG clearly enhanced activation and antibody production, indicating that dynamic analysis of the expression of the genes of the invention may serve as a tool for evaluating successful treatment.
    • Example 8
  • Genetic Data Obtained from Healthy Populations
  • The purpose of these examples was to study variations of gene expression in peripheral blood leukocytes of healthy individuals and thus to obtain an individual specific finger printing.
    • Example 8A
  • PBL Samples of Healthy Individuals
  • The data used herein was obtained from peripheral blood leukocytes (PBL) of normal individuals sampled multiple times over periods ranging from several weeks up to 6 months. The genetic data obtained after the first reading for each individual was clustered using k-mean clustering algorithm. FIG. 15 shows the clustering results of the tested individuals, as can be seen, the genes that are clustered within one group include for example ISG15, HERC5, USP18 OAS and IFIT and their triggering elements RIG-I and DDX60. The expression of these genes is correlated and changes together in healthy individuals between high and low levels of expression.
  • The close ties between these genes can be better appreciated by looking at Table 5 showing the measured correlation to each of these genes.
  • TABLE 6
    correlation between ISG15 and all other genes
    p-value
    Column # Column ID r correlation Lower CI Upper CI N
    3694 FLJ11354 0.930123 5.11E−07 0.79815 0.976917 15
    8622 MX1 0.925057 7.95E−07 0.784585 0.9752 15
    7251 KPTN 0.92249  9.83E−07 0.777762 0.974328 15
    1522 cig5 0.919924 1.21E−06 0.770975 0.973454 15
    5764 IFIT4 0.917704 1.43E−06 0.76513 0.972697 15
    12247 TREX1 0.903768 3.83E−06 0.72901 0.967918 15
    2307 DKFZp434J0310 0.893967 7.02E−06 0.704176 0.964529 15
    12478 USP18 0.893168 7.36E−06 0.702173 0.964252 15
    8030 LY6E 0.891366 8.17E−06 0.697663 0.963625 15
    6185 KIAA0082 0.887221 1.03E−05 0.687348 0.962182 15
    5763 IFIT1 0.884509 1.20E−05 0.680644 0.961236 15
    924 BST2 0.883635 1.25E−05 0.67849 0.960931 15
    12390 UBE2L6 0.882725 1.31E−05 0.67625 0.960612 15
    9071 OAS1 0.871427 2.32E−05 0.648773 0.956645 15
    7574 LOC51191 0.870744 2.40E−05 0.647129 0.956404 15
    9942 PRKR 0.868662 2.65E−05 0.642136 0.955669 15
    8572 MTAP44 0.86321 3.40E−05 0.629145 0.95374 15
    5758 IFI27 0.860744 3.80E−05 0.623314 0.952865 15
    4966 GS3686 0.855596 4.75E−05 0.611221 0.951032 15
    5760 IF135 0.853527 5.18E−05 0.606395 0.950294 15
    9158 OS4 0.852918 5.32E−05 0.604976 0.950076 15
    9131 OR1F1 0.847821 6.55E−05 0.593175 0.948253 15
    47 ABCC1 0.828275 0.000137 0.548906 0.941196 15
    7728 LOC51667 0.827948 0.000138 0.548179 0.941077 15
    10972 SCO2 0.813388 0.000226 0.516209 0.935754 15
    2505 DKFZP586A0522 0.805792 0.000287 0.499852 0.932954 15
    5654 HSXIAPAF1 0.800053 0.000342 0.487637 0.930829 15
    10571 REC8 0.798916 0.000354 0.485231 0.930407 15
    4554 G1P3 0.794898 0.000398 0.47677 0.928913 15
    3532 FLJ10783 0.785073 0.000526 0.456321 0.92524 15
    8997 NRGN 0.782342 0.000567 0.450698 0.924214 15
    5961 IRF7 0.781768 0.000576 0.44952 0.923999 15
    3907 FLJ20037 0.779139 0.000618 0.444136 0.923009 15
    5509 HSPC018 0.767953 0.000827 0.421502 0.918777 15
    9558 PIK3R2 0.765603 0.000878 0.416799 0.917883 15
    3811 FLJ13102 0.758369 0.00105 0.402444 0.915123 15
    4012 FLJ20281 0.755838 0.001116 0.397462 0.914154 15
    6423 KIAA0456 0.75358 0.001177 0.393035 0.913288 15
    5970 ISG20 0.749655 0.001291 0.385382 0.911779 15
  • FIG. 16 shows the same expression but specially demonstrates the expression of IGS15, IFIT1, OAS2 and USP18 in the tested healthy individuals.
  • Using the clustering data (FIG. 15) and the specific genes expression graph (FIG. 16), it may be concluded that individuals 2, 7, 8 and 14 who express high levels of the genes at base line namely healthy individuals, will not benefit from IFN treatment if required.
  • The other individuals that are characterized by a low expression level would probably respond to IFN and in addition may have a better immune-response.
    • Example 8B
  • A similar approach was used to analyze large cohort of 145 healthy individuals.
  • More specifically, large dataset of 145 individuals was used to observe variation in gene expression patterns in blood, by using cDNA microarrays. Again in this group the correlated pattern of the IFN genes reappears as shown by the gene expression correlation in Table 7.
  • TABLE 7
    correlation of genes with ISG15.
    p-value
    Column # Column ID r (correlation) Lower CI Upper CI N
    7036 OAS3 0.744385 7.40E−27 0.661661 0.809205 145
    4648 IFIT1 0.72467  6.83E−25 0.636894 0.793899 145
    8999 SERPING1 0.708683 2.03E−23 0.616943 0.781422 145
    4647 IFI6 0.701859 8.06E−23 0.608461 0.776078 145
    5868 LY6E 0.694095 3.69E−22 0.598839 0.769986 145
    4646 IFI44L 0.693568 4.09E−22 0.598186 0.769572 145
    7035 OAS2 0.688079 1.16E−21 0.591402 0.765256 145
    2079 CMPK2 0.668012 4.39E−20 0.566711 0.749417 145
    6487 MX2 0.640268 4.28E−18 0.532872 0.727364 145
    6486 MX1 0.633634 1.20E−17 0.524832 0.722064 145
    7202 PARP14 0.625737 3.93E−17 0.515285 0.715741 145
    3839 GBP1 0.603309 9.68E−16 0.488322 0.697704 145
    9739 STAT1 0.593401 3.68E−15 0.47648 0.689698 145
    9204 SLC22A23 0.578805 2.43E−14 0.459111 0.67786 145
    4649 IFIT2 0.575336 3.76E−14 0.454997 0.675039 145
    7209 PARP9 0.560641 2.25E−13 0.437624 0.663056 145
    6230 MLC1 0.536979 3.34E−12 0.409841 0.643649 145
    8743 RTP4 0.526616 1.21E−11 0.397258 0.635454 144
    3517 FCGR1A 0.520442 1.95E−11 0.390565 0.630006 145
    3840 GBP2 0.50984  5.76E−11 0.378266 0.621222 145
    10725 UBE2L6 0.503062 1.13E−10 0.370427 0.615592 145
    4845 ISG20 0.500953 1.39E−10 0.367991 0.613838 145
    4651 IFIT5 0.49784  1.88E−10 0.3644 0.611247 145
    10495 TRIM22 0.497346 1.97E−10 0.363831 0.610836 145
    4644 IFI35 0.494534 2.58E−10 0.360591 0.608492 145
    1645 CCR1 0.493976 2.72E−10 0.359949 0.608028 145
    4640 IFI16 0.492824 3.04E−10 0.358622 0.607066 145
  • Analysis of the data by clustering is shown in FIG. 17 demonstrating the genes clustering together in one group include for example LY6E, SLC22A23, IFI44L, ISG15, SERPING1, MX2, OAS3, IFIT1 and CMPK2.
  • FIG. 18 shows an expression graph showing the expression level of ISG15 and IFIT1, where the individuals were sorted by the ISG15 expression level and not by the individual numbering. It can be suggested that the individuals in the right hand side of the graph (provided in the rectangular) would be non responsive to IFN as the initiation level of the genes is high before any treatment or pathological infection.
    • Example 9
  • Dynamic Analysis of Stimulated Healthy Individuals
  • As noted above, changes in the expression levels of genes are observed between cohorts of populations (healthy, infected but not treated yet and treated individuals) and well as between individuals that are responsive or non-responsive. One of the challenges was to quantify the dynamic range of a gene, namely what is the possible expression level a gene can exhibit.
  • In fact, it can be suggested that understanding and measuring this dynamic range of a set of known genes may help in determine the capabilities of an individual to use its own immune system in response to infection and/or the predicting if an individual will respond to interferon treatment, namely should interferon be administered to a patients as part of any medical treatment.
  • The data provided in Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. Gse32862 provides information on the innate immune response in humans in response to synthetic double stranded RNA (poly ICLC), a ligand for TLR3 and MDA-5 cytosolic RNA helicase. poly ICLC is an immuno-stimulant and may be considered to have the same effect as interferon.
  • The study included transcriptional analysis of blood samples obtained from eight volunteers at different time points, after subcutaneous administration of poly ICLC.
  • The data analysis showed a peak in gene expression 24 hr following injection of poly ICLC (FIG. 19). FIG. 20 is a magnified volcano showing ISG15, IFIT1, IFI44, OASL and the triggering of IFIH1 and DDX58.
  • Principal component analysis (PCA) was applied using the data for ISG15, IFIT, IFI44, IFIT6 in order to evaluate the importance of the genes in predicting behavior of individuals and is shown in FIG. 21. As can be seen, three groups were obtained, one group including the majority of the individuals and two additional groups each one including one individual. It was suggested that the group with the majority of the individuals corresponds to responders or to individuals that will be able to fight the viral infection on their own. The two individuals were suggested to be non-responders.
  • Further, the volcano analysis shows that the up regulation following the poly ICLC mimics exactly the model simulation seen in all previous cases.
  • FIG. 22 shows the dynamics of gene expression with time in responders and non-responders.
  • As can be seen in FIG. 22, the dynamics of the expression is different in responders and non-responders, specifically, the expression in the non responders (dashed line is high at the beginning (time “0”—healthy) and thus the magnitude of change in the expression is limited and narrow. The expression in the responders, on the other hand, is low at the beginning (time 0) and this enables a large change in their future expression. FIG. 23 shows the same results obtained in longer time intervals with the dashed line corresponding to data obtained from non responders.
  • FIG. 24 shows the average increase in each gene expression as measured 24 hours after poly ICLC administration compared to baseline.
  • The fold increases are shown in Table 8.
  • TABLE 8
    fold increase of genes
    Individual IFIT1 ISG15 IF144L IFIT6
    i302 5.23 4.54 4.78 4.68
    i304 4.99 4.08 3.68 3.58
    i305 4.84 4.55 4.42 4.51
    i307 1.99 1.12 2.78 2.35
    i308 1.30 1.69 4.41 0.86
    i309 4.42 4.47 3.98 3.96
    i310 3.49 4.06 3.45 3.53
  • Since the observed changes in the expression level of the genes are a result of stimulation of the immune system, the results obtained here may be used to assess the capability of an immune system to react for example to a viral infection. In addition, these results may be also used to obtain information on the magnitude of possible changes in genes expression following interferon administration. Thus, taken together the magnitude of change observed in the expression level of the genes provides a range of the M values in the tested population. Namely, an individual having the highest increase in the expression, for example i302 is characterized with an M value of 1 and is expected to be able to use the immune system and to respond to treatment. On the contrary, an individual having the lowest increase in the expression, for example i308 is characterized with an M value of 0.2 and is expected to fail in inducing the immune system and not to respond to treatment.
  • M may be calculated from the area under the curve from baseline to its peak (around 24 hr) and back to baseline should be calculated (FIG. 25). The area of the triangle represents added amount of the fighting gene used to combat the virus in the next cycle (˜48 hr). Thus the maximal reached pick can represent M=1 and other M's can be derived from the ratio of the triangle area to this maximum triangle area.
  • Table 9 shows the change in gene expression obtained after administrating poly ICLC in vivo and in vitro. In vitro samples were obtained from PBMCs isolated from blood of healthy donors via density gradient centrifugation. In vivo samples were obtained from subjects randomized to either 1.6 mg poly ICLC or placebo (sterile saline) in a 2:1 ratio, administered s.c.
  • As can be seen, similar patterns are observed both in vivo and in vitro suggesting that in vitro data can be used to calculate M values.
  • TABLE 9
    changes in gene expression after administrating
    poly ICLC in vivo and in vitro.
    logFC logFC
    Marker in vivo in vitro
    gene pICLC pIC
    IFIT3 4.473713385 4.741052
    IFIT1 4.384596081 5.420633
    IFI44L 4.171223257 4.799476
    IFI6 4.016294707 2.691117
    HERC5 3.871166452 3.248894
    IFIT3 3.75211871  4.750157
    ISG15 3.726288606 4.480175
    IFIT2 3.702681715 4.218502
    RSAD2 3.628919044 4.957172
    MX1 3.440496672 2.968754
    IFIT3 3.438007383 2.896002
    OASL 3.437579624 3.757009
    IFITM3 3.301297669 3.898404
    EPSTI1 3.288106942 3.001505
    IFI44 3.233595065 3.578491
    OAS1 3.122394636 3.803166
    LAMP3 2.958338552 1.798831
    MT2A 2.951819567 1.502288
    HES4 2.904583684 2.542752
    GBP1 2.885817399 2.094531
    IRF7 2.818183268 2.601032
    FCGR1B 2.815964332 0.34899 
    OAS2 2.744736242 2.835379
    TNFSF10 2.708541769 3.520021
    GBP5 2.707972339 1.841636
    MT1A 2.696990876 1.162177
    CXCL10 2.673387432 4.427627
    OAS1 2.669871256 3.51157 
    IFI35 2.653402642 2.562161
    LAP3 2.647847669 1.792573
    SERPING1 2.629612763 2.03007 
    XAF1 2.627899914 3.065335
    IFI27 2.616810145 3.207039
    LY6E 2.578162512 2.557162
    ZBP1 2.572024498 1.786611
    SAMD9L 2.559958622 2.829755
    OASL 2.488510388 2.512218
  • An exact pattern is shown by Gaucher et al in Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE13699, who examined the signature of the immune response to the yellow fever (YF) vaccine 17D (YF17D) in a cohort of forty volunteers.
  • Table 10 shows the top ranking genes in two tested in vivo vaccination studies in two different locations (Montreal, Canada and Lausanne, Switzerland). Both groups received YF17D (ratio measured 1 week after administration) and the polyI CLC, averaged on all participants.
  • TABLE 10
    Top ranked genes expressed in poly ICLC administered
    individuals and in individuals administered
    with yellow fever (YF) vaccine 17D
    (YF17D) in two tested groups.
    Group A Group B
    polyc (yf Canada) (yf Swiss)
    ratio 24 hr/ ratio 1 week/ ratio 1 week/
    baseline baseline baseline
    RSAD2 IFI44L IFI44L
    IFI44L IFIT1 RSAD2
    ISG15 ISG15 IFI44
    IFI44 RSAD2 ISG15
    OA53 HERC5 IFI27
    HERC5 IFITM3 OAS3
    LY6E IFI6 IFIT3
    EPSTI1 IFIT3 EPSTI1
    IFI27 LAMP3 HES4
    IFITM3 IFI27 HERC5
  • Table 10 shows that there is a representative set of genes that is being regulated after administration of immune response stimulants. This suggests that the arsenal of observed genes may be regarded as the genes related to the M phenotype in a person.
  • Table 11 shows that among the cohort of individuals tested in Group A, a phenotype can be seen as provided in bold. The individuals that show a marked increase in the genes expression following stimulation of the immune response are suggested to correspond to individuals that will be able to use their immune system or to respond to therapy or both. The individuals that show a low increase in the genes expression are given in plain numbers and correspond to individuals that will not be able to use their own immune system, will not respond to treatment or both.
  • TABLE 11
    Top ranking genes that are up regulated and extent of regulation.
    Marker
    gene diff diff diff diff diff diff diff diff diff diff diff avg
    IFI44L 1.9 3.25 5.7 3.2 4.1 5.5 3.7 5.2 4.7 0.8 3 3.73
    RSAD2 1.9 3.47 5.6 3.4 4.2 4.5 3.9 5.4 3.9 1.2 3.5 3.72
    IFI44 2.1 2.79 5.4 3.8 3.6 5.1 3.7 4.8 4 0.7 3 3.55
    ISG15 1.8 3.16 4.6 2.5 3.5 4.2 3.3 4.4 3.2 1.3 2.7 3.16
    IFI27 5 3.39 2.7 2.6 3.2 4.7 4.5 3.8 3.1 0 2.96
    OAS3 1.2 2.22 4.6 2.2 3.2 3.5 2.8 4 2.5 0.4 2.4 2.64
    IFIT3 2.3 2.61 3.7 2.6 2.6 2.9 2.8 3.5 2.1 0.8 1.8 2.52
    EPSTI1 1.4 2.43 4 2.23 2.9 3.6 2.1 3.6 2.9 0.5 1.5 2.47
    HES4 1.7 3.2 3.3 2.02 2.1 3.1 2.9 3.5 1.9 0.5 2.2 2.4
    HERC5 0.9 2.03 3.7 1.53 2.7 3.2 2.4 3.4 1.6 1 2.4 2.26
  • FIG. 26 is a graph showing simulation of replication vs. immune defense, per different M. As can be seen for the same individual with an M value suitable for K=3, that is calculated as follows M=1−⅓=0.66 being infected by a variety of viruses with varying K (multiplication rate). FIG. 26A shows that at K rate higher than 3, the virus progresses. FIG. 26B shows situation where K smaller than M, attenuation of the virus is achieved.
  • FIGS. 27A-B is a graph showing simulation instructing how much PI is needed per each individuals M and virus K. The PI effectively increases the individuals M, FIG. 27A shows an individual with M=0.6, FIG. 27B shows an individual with M=0.8 both are affected by the same range of PI injections. The better M the quicker an individual to become a responder with the same PI. The results shown here suggest that if M is measured (as shown above) and K is known for each type of virus, a simulator may be used to guide any clinical decision on the frequency of treatment (by simulation that changes each point on the graph 2 days or 3 days instead of one week). In addition, such a simulator may also indicate if and how much further combined therapy, for example protease inhibitors (PI) is required.
    • Example 10
  • Correlation Between Virus Load and Induction of the Ubiquitin Genes Expression
  • As shown in Example 2B, infection of macrophages with influenza H1N1 and H5N1 strains, led to a significant elevation in the expression of the ubiquitin genes. The virulent strain, H5N1 showed a clear enhanced induction of the expression of said genes. To further establish the hypothesis that the virulence of the pathogen, as determined by measuring the increase in virus load, is correlated with the extent of the induced expression of the ubiquitin genes of the invention, specifically, ISG15, USP18, HERC5 and UBE2L6, the inventors have analyzed data of different host cells infected with three strains of influenza virus. Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE31518, GSE 31471 and GSE31472 provide gene expression data obtained at 2, 4, 6, 8 and 10 hours post infection of three different host cell lines (A549, MDCK and CEF) with three different Influenza A virus strains, pH1N1 (A/Singapore/478/2009), H9N2 and H5N2. Table 12, presents virus load (as indicated by measuring the vRNA copy number) of the three influenza strains 10 hr post infection of each of the three different host cell lines. FIG. 28 shows sum of the expression of the ubiquitin genes, ISG15, USP18, HERC5, UBE2L6, as measured in A549 cells at 2, 4, 6, 8 and 10 hours post infection with the three different influenza strains. A significant correlation between viral load in the infected A549 and the Ubiquitin genes sum expression is clearly observed.
  • The inventors have next examined the feasibility of using data of virus load and gene expression data to evaluate the ability of a specific individual (having a specific M value), to overcome an infection of a specific pathogen having a specific replication rate. Therefore, gene expression data of healthy human volunteers inoculated with intranasal influenza A H1N1 and H3N2 strains was analyzed by the inventors. Gene Expression Omnibus Accession No. GSE52428 provide gene expression data obtained from microarrays assay of peripheral blood at baseline and every 8 hours for 7 days following intranasal influenza A H1N1 or H3N2 inoculation in healthy volunteers.
  • FIG. 29 shows the sum of the expression of the 4 ubiquitin genes of the invention in different time points up to 120 hr post infection of H3N2 in all nine individuals (numbered as 1 to 9).
  • Simulation based on the model of the invention as described in Example 1 was performed using the data of all 9 infected individuals based on the calculated rate of induced expression of the ubiquitin genes, ISG15. USP18, HERC5 and UBE2L6.
  • FIGS. 30 and 31, present the result of such simulation using the data of individual 6. Assuming that individual I is infected with a virus having a replication rate of 1.93 every 6 hrs, as presented in FIG. 30, the sum of the expression of the 4 genes, is maximal between 12 to 18 hrs post infection, and reduced after 36 hrs, as shown in the lower panel of the figure. The rate of expression of these genes is correlated to the replication of the virus, that is maximal between 12 to 18 hrs post infection and is significantly reduced after 36 hrs, indicating that the specific individual may successfully reduce the virus load of a virus having replication rate of 1.93, and therefore overcome the infection. FIG. 31 presents simulation of the same individual infected with a virus having a little higher replication rate, of 1.94. As clearly shown in the figure, the same individual, when confronted with said virus, shows increase in the gene expression of the signatory genes of the invention (bottom panel), however, 24 hrs post infection, the replication rate of the virus increases with no corresponding increase in the expression of the signatory genes, indicating that said individual may experience failure of overcoming an infection of virus having a rate of replication of 1.94 each 6 hrs. It should be appreciated that M as it is measured for the whole range (min to max) or alternatively, as it is made of the segmented parts measured for the individual.
  • This example clearly demonstrates the correlation between the expression of the signatory genes of the invention and the ability of the virus to propagate in a specific individual having a specific ability of increasing expression of the signatory genes, or in other words, having a specific M value.
  • TABLE 12
    Comparison of the M gene vRNA levels at 10 hpi in influenza
    virus-infected A549, MDCK and CEF
    vRNA (copy numbers)
    Virus A549 MDCK CEF
    H1N1 4.43 ± 0.07 5.74 ± 0.07 6.91 ± 0.05
    H9N2 1.71 ± 0.04 3.42 ± 0.08 7.34 ± 0.07
    H5N2(F118) 5.71 ± 0.04 4.91 ± 0.02 7.47 ± 0.10
    H4N2(F189) 5.70 ± 0.08 5.01 ± 0.20 7.28 ± 0.06
    H5N3 6.83 ± 0.04 5.93 ± 0.03 8.29 ± 0.06
    pH1N1/276 1.92 ± 0.06 2.11 ± 0.26 5.10 ± 0.52
    pH1N1/471 1.06 ± 0.09 2.69 ± 0.20 5.27 ± 0.11
    pH1N1/478 1.67 ± 0.12 2.53 ± 0.20 4.92 ± 0.33
    pH1N1/527 1.32 ± 0.11 2.46 ± 0.18 5.70 ± 0.21
    • Example 11
  • Prediction of Response to Treatment of IFN-α in Blood Samples and Liver Tissue of HCV Patients
  • To further establish the model of the invention, the inventors next evaluated the ability of calculating the M parameter of an individual (that reflects the ability of a specific individual to overcome a pathologic disorder), infected by HCV in this case, from the measured data of the expression of the signatory genes of the invention, namely, UBE2L6, USP18, HERC5, OAS2 and ISG15, and the reduction in virus load as measured 4 weeks after treatment with Interferon alpha. Therefore, RT-PCR analysis of the genetic profile in Peripheral Blood Mononucleated Cell (PBMC) and liver tissue of HCV patients was performed on samples obtained before initiation of IFN-α treatment, and one month after.
  • The expression levels of the following genes: UBE2L6, USP18, HERC5, OAS2 and ISG1 (using 3 probes) in each patient was measured by RT-PCR and normalized to a control gene GAPDH. In addition, in each one of the eight patients, the virus load was determined before treatment and 4 weeks after treatment with IFN-α using commercial kits.
  • Based on the sum expression of the five genes, an experimental M was calculated as follows:

  • M=1−[(Ex samp −Ex min)/(Ex max −Ex min)].
  • Wherein Exmax is a maximal measured sum expression value of the five genes and Exmin is a minimal measured sum expression value of the five genes within a population and Exsamp is the measured sum expression value of the five genes for a specific patient within this population, to whom the M is calculated.
  • Based on the results of the change in virus load measured before treatment and after 4 weeks of treatment, two populations of HCV patients were defined: responders and non-responders.
  • A responder was considered as a patient that the amount of viral load was reduced by more than 100 within 4 weeks, (2 in log 10). A non-responder was considered as a patient that the amount of viral load was reduced by less than 100 within 4 weeks, (2 in log 10).
  • Experiments were conducted on different populations of HCV patients from samples obtained from PBMC and from liver tissue samples.
  • Experiments on Blood Samples:
  • As can be seen in FIG. 32, the patients denoted as p2, p1, p3, p5, p4, and p8 experienced an amount of down regulation of virus load higher than 100 (observed as 2 in log 10 scale) and are thus considered responders to IFN-α treatment in line with the definition above.
  • In contrast, patients denoted as p6 and p7 experienced an amount of down regulation of virus load lower than 100 (observed as 2 in log 10 scale) and are thus considered non-responders to IFN-α treatment in line with the definition above.
  • The results in FIG. 32 demonstrated that the sum of normalized and scaled expression of the five genes UBE2L6, USP18, HERC5, OAS2 and ISG15 was significantly reduced in patients that were considered as responders (p2, p1, p3, p5, p4, and p8) compared to the expression in patients considered as non-responders (p6 and p7).
  • As indicated above, the virus load of these 8 HCV patients was recorded before and one month (4 injection cycles) after Pegylated Interferon-alpha Treatment. Gene signature of the UBE2L6, USP18, HERC5 and OAS2 genes expression was derived and scaled (0-1) before treatment. Simulation is carried out for different M values per 4 cycles of treatment.
  • Table 13 shows M values and their corresponding virus load decline in each of the 4 weeks of treatment with Peg Interferon as calculated by the model of the invention as described in Example 1.
  • TABLE 13
    Simulation of calculated M values vs. reduction of virus load after treatment
    M value treatment_w1 treatment_w2 treatment_w3 treatment_w4
    0.87 1 1.538461538 2.366863905 3.641329085
    0.88 1 1.666666667 2.777777778 4.62962963
    0.89 1 1.818181818 3.305785124 0.89
    0.9 1 2 4 8
    0.91 1 2.222222222 4.938271605 10.9739369
    0.92 1 2.5 6.25 15.625
    0.93 1 2.857142857 8.163265306 23.32361516
    0.94 1 3.333333333 11.11111111 37.03703704
    0.95 1 4 16 64
    0.96 1 5 25 125
    0.97 1 6.666666667 44.44444444 296.2962963
    0.98 1 10 100 1000
    0.985 1 13.33333333 177.7777778 2370.37037
    0.998 1 100 10000 1000000
    0.999 1 200 40000 8000000
  • As shown by the table, assuming that the initial measured virus load is 1 (treatment w1), different calculated M values indicated in the table, result in the indicated reduction (folds of reduction) in virus load.
  • The virus load and expression values of the UBE2L6, USP18, HERC5 and OAS2 genes obtained for 7 of the HCV patients analyzed above, were now calculated using the simulation values of Table 13, and are presented in Table 14.
  • More specifically, Table 14 shows the correlation between the measured fold of virus load reduction after 1 month of interferon treatment (second column from left), and the measured expression of the 4 genes of the invention (the third column from left presents sum of the expression values of all 4 genes, each value scaled between 0 to 1).
  • TABLE 14
    Calculated M values vs. reduction of measured HCV virus load after IFN treatment
    fold decline in
    VL after 1 scaled_expression scaled simulation
    patient month simulation M scaled_expression (0-1) M (0_1)
    p2 14535.3 0.9918 0 0 0.950819672
    p1 16760.7865 0.9921 0.96137233 0.251731718 0.953161593
    p3 51955.95 0.9948 1.032753453 0.270422596 0.974238876
    p4 20120.4 0.9928 1.144285694 0.299626892 0.958626073
    p8 2061843.2 0.9981 2.057379621 0.538717093 1
    p6 3.48570259 0.87 3.525351059 0.923099876 0
    p7 52.4136592 0.948 3.81903535 1 0.608899297
  • As shown in the table, for patient p1, for example, the measured reduction in virus load was about 16,000 folds, going back to the simulation of reduction in virus load as a parameter of M value, as presented in Table 13, an M value of about 0.992 is correlated with reduction of about 15,625 folds in the measured virus load. This predicted M value (shown in the second column from left), is correlated to a scaled expression value of 0.25. In contrast, patient p6 that showed only 3.48 folds reduction in virus load, was correlated with a scaled expression of 0.9, and a low M value of 0.87 (in the simulation Table 13, reduction of about 3.6 folds is correlated with an M value of 0.87). The right column of Table 14 shows scaled M values, of between 0 to 1, were the lowest M value, 0.87, was considered as 0 (as shown for patient p6), and the higher M value in the simulation, 0.9981, is considered as 1 (as shown for patient p8). When correlating to the scaled expression values (sum of the expression values of the 4 signatory genes), it seems that patients having scaled expression value of below 0.5, efficiently reduce the virus load and are therefore considered as responsive to interferon treatment, whereas patients presenting an initial scaled expression value of above 0.5, and a low M value, show poor response that is reflected in low ability to reduce virus load.
  • FIG. 33 clearly shows that the four responders have M values between 0.95 to 1 while their expression value of the signatory genes is below 0.5. The two non responders (p6 and p7 having low M values and a corresponding high levels of initial expression of the signature genes, of above 0.9.
  • This example clearly demonstrate the feasibility of using the measured initial expression of the signatory genes of the invention, before starting any treatment, to evaluate the personal M value that distinguish between responders and non-responders and also indicate the extent of predicted responsiveness of a specific individual. The method of the invention thereby provides a powerful tool for personalized medicine.
  • Further analysis of the sum of the expression of two genes, HERC5 and UBE2L6 in HCV patients is shown in FIGS. 34A and 34B. In the analysis shown in these figures, patients denoted as p2, p1, p3, p4, p8, p11, p101 and p12 experienced clear reduction of virus load that is more than by 100 (observed as 2 in log 10 scale) and are thus considered responders to IFN-α treatment in line with the definition above, whereas patients denoted as p6 and p7 experienced reduction of virus load lower than by 100 (observed as 2 in log 10 scale) and are thus considered non-responders to IFN-α treatment in line with the definition above.
  • Patient p12 experienced a reduction in virus load of 2.02 and thus theoretically should be considered as responder. However, in the following analysis, this patient was not categorized to any one of the groups since the value of 2.02 is in the border between responders and non-responders.
  • Analysis of the gene as described above is shown in FIG. 34A. As shown in FIG. 34A, a strong correlation was observed between the sum expression of the five genes and the patient's response to IFN treatment. A lower expression value was measured in patients p2, p1, p3, p4, p8, p11, p101 and p12 who were found responsive to IFN treatment. On the other hand, a high expression value was measured in patients p6 and p7 who were found not responsive.
  • Based on the experimental data of the expression of the two genes detailed above, the M value was calculated for each one of the patients. FIG. 34B shows the experimental M value calculated for each one of the tested patients presented in FIG. 34A.
  • As can be seen, a correlation exists between the M value and the patient's responsiveness to treatment. Patients having a high M value were found to be responsive to IFN treatment, whereas patients having a lower M value were found to be not responsive to treatment.
  • The effect of HCV in liver tissue may be considered different than the effect in blood samples. In HCV liver the battle is occurring inside hepatocytes and the inventor assume k=5 based on previous publications [Ruy M. Ribeiro et al., (2012)]. In PBMC the specificity of the cells is not as clear and the inventors assume it's in a close range to the shaded amount transferred to the blood from the source hepatocytes.
  • The cutoff value may be calculated by using the following equation:

  • M cutoff =I1−/K
  • Thus for a virus characterized by a K value of 5, the theoretical Mcutoff value is 0.8. As can be seen in FIG. 34B, the inventor assumes for this example the range of M to be between 7.9 to 8.9 and scaled M accordingly. Once more viral loads data points in time were received the final range for the group was narrower (0.815 to 0.862). It should be noted that there is an inverse correlation between the calculated M value and the sum of the genes expression.
  • The inventors have also performed an analysis using the expression of a single gene, HERC5 which is considered as a predictive gene. FIG. 35 shows the patients denoted as p208, p213, p102, p201, p211, p203, p204, p202 and p101 experienced a reduction of virus load by more than 100 (observed as 2 in log 10 scale) and are thus considered responders to IFN-α treatment in line with the definition above.
  • In contrast, patients denoted as p206 and p207 experienced reduction of virus load that is lower than by 100 (observed as 2 in log 10 scale) and are thus considered non-responders to IFN-α treatment in line with the definition above.
  • Patient denoted as p212 experienced reduction regulation of virus load of 2.02 and is thus considered on the boarder between responder and non-responder to IFN-α treatment in line with the definition above.
  • The results in FIG. 35 demonstrated that the expression of the gene HERC5 was significantly reduced in patients that were considered as responders compared to the expression in patients considered as non-responders. Interestingly, the expression of the gene HERC5 was significantly reduced also in patient denoted as p212, which experienced a reduction of virus load by about 100 (observed as 2 in log 10 scale).
  • The inventors have used the virus load measured or each patient at the beginning and at the end of the experiment and used these parameters for the model simulation to obtain a value of M for each patient, taking into account that K for HCV in blood samples is 5 [Ruy M. Ribeiro et al., (2012)].
  • TABLE 15
    The expression of HERC5 gene (arbitrary units −2{circumflex over ( )}-dct rt-pcr_)
    and the calculated M for each one of the tested HCV patients.
    M calculated from
    Patient Expression of simulation
    # HERC5 assuming 4 weeks
    p202 0.00144   0.8635
    p204 0.042563 0.863
    p201 0.047145 0.862
    p203 0.076972 0.867
    p212 0.100299 0.836
    p211 0.108098 0.872
    p208 0.111671 0.883
    p102 0.181633  0.8785
    p213 0.188302 0.875
    p101 0.28833  0.861
    p207 1.801784 0.832
    p206 3.157128 0.816
  • As shown in Table 15, the M values of all patients varied between 0.816 to 0.883.
  • The expression value of HERC5 and the M value obtained from the simulation were normalized with respect to the patient's population. FIG. 36, shows for each patient the normalized simulated M value (black box) and the normalized expression of HERC5 gene (open box). As can be seen, an inverse correlation is observed between the M value and the expression of HERC5 gene, with the patients being considered as responsive having considerably higher M value and the patients being considered as non-responsive having considerably lower M value.
  • Interestingly, the patient denoted as p212 that was considered on the boarder with respect to the virus load and responsive with respect to the HERC5 expression, has an intermediate M value. Simulation of the data of the patient denoted as p212 for a long time period of three month resulted in a M value correlating to responsiveness (data not shown).
  • Experiments on Tissue Samples
  • The data of liver tissue analysis of HCV patients is shown in FIGS. 37A and 37B. The patients denoted as p25, s12, p24, p26, s6, p22, s5 and s13 experienced reduction of virus load higher than by 100 (observed as 2 in log 10 scale) and are thus considered responders to IFN-α treatment in line with the definition above.
  • In contrast, patients denoted as p27, s20, p23, s18, s15, p21, s16, cts17 and sb11 experienced an amount of down regulation of virus load lower than 100 (observed as 2 in log 10 scale) and are thus considered non-responders to IFN-α treatment in line with the definition above.
  • The results presented in FIG. 37A demonstrate that the sum of normalized and scaled expression of the five genes UBE2L6, USP18, HERC5, OAS2 and ISG15 was significantly lower in patients that were considered as responders (patients p25, s12, p24, p26, s6, p22, s5 and s13) compared to the sum of the normalized expression in patients considered as non-responders (patients p25, s12, p24, p26, s6, p22, s5 and s13).
  • As indicated above, the M value was calculated for each patient using the experimental data obtained for the five genes. FIG. 37B shows the experimental M value for each one of the tested patients as in FIG. 37A.
  • As can be seen in FIG. 37B, there exists a strong correlation between the M value of a patient and the patient's response to treatment. The patients who were found to be responsive to IFN treatment (namely, patients p25, s12, p24, p26, s6, p22, s5 and s13) were characterized by a high M value (ranging between 0.86 to 0.88, whereas patients who were found to be non-responders to IFN treatment (namely, patients p25, s12, p24, p26, s6, p22, s5 and s13) were characterized by a low M value (ranges between 0.79 to 0.834).
  • As shown in FIG. 37B, the M value (that may be considered as a cut off to distinguish between responders and non-responders may range between 00.835 to 0.855. In this illustration example as in the PBMC case we assumed a distribution of M between 0.79 to 0.89.
  • A clear link between the experimental data obtained from tissue samples and the mathematical model described herein indicate that there is a strong correlation between the simulation of M and the experimental data. HCV in tissue samples is characterized by a doubling time of 5, namely K=5. As shown herein in FIG. 37C, a simulations of the above model equations by taking K as 4, showed that at lower M values of 0 to 0.72, namely in those patients being characterized by M values of up to 0.72, the virus is capable of multiplying and hence the disease is progressing, as the immune system or IFN treatment fail to eradicate the virus.
  • An M value that is higher than 0.72, clearly reduce virus load thereby eliminating the disease caused by a virus with k=4. This may indicate that either the immune system or IFN treatment regimen or both succeed in eliminating the virus.
  • Similarly, HCV patients characterized by M values of above 0.8 will most likely be able to reduce or eliminate the disease.
  • These results clearly indicate that there is the model simulation of the invention predicts with a high accuracy a patient's behavior for a particular virus. Namely, for a given virus an accurate cutoff value of M can be determined, and such M value distinguishes patients that will be able to “fight” the disease by responding to treatment, and those who will still suffer from the disease, namely, patients that are not responsive to treatment.
    • Example 12
  • Calculation of M Using Model Simulation in HCV Patients Treated with Combination Therapy of IFN-α and Ribavirin (Rib)
  • Data from the publication by Honda M. et al. [Journal of Hepatology 53: 817-826 (2010)] was used for correlation analysis with the mathematical model. Superficially, the inventors used virus load measured in thirty HCV patients before and after administration of IFN-α 2b at different time points. In accordance with the response to treatment, Honda M. et al. have defined treatment outcomes according to as follows: sustained viral response (SVR) —clearance of HCV viremia at 24 weeks after initiation of therapy; transient response (TR)—no detectable HCV viremia at 24 weeks but relapse during the follow-up period; and non-response (NR).
  • FIG. 38 shows a differential genetic expression obtained in liver biopsies of responders and non-responders HCV patients after combined therapy as described in Masao H. et al. Specifically, the left hand side shows the ratio of expression level of genes in responders vs. non-responders at day 0 (namely, before treatment), whereas the right hand side shows the results obtained after one week following treatment of IFN and RBV. The results provide a representative set of genes having a low expression value before treatment in patients who are referred to as responders. One week after treatment, these genes were clearly up regulated in the responders group.
  • Among the genes shown in the volcano plot, the inventors have used the expression of HERC5 for further analysis as this gene was the predominant gene and obtained the best p-value in the analysis. FIG. 39A shows the expression of HERC5 before treatment and FIG. 39B shows the expression of HERC5 after one week of treatment relative to the expression before treatment.
  • The results in FIG. 39A show that the initial HERC5 expression level in responders (including the patients defined as TR is low compared to non-responders. As shown in FIG. 39B, a week after treatment, a clear elevation in the expression of HERC5 gene appears in the responder group (and in the patients defined as TR), whereas the non-responders show a clear reduction. Based on these results it may be suggested that the expression level of this gene in responders is close to its saturation level, and therefore interferon cannot induce elevation in the expression of these genes.
  • The inventors of the present application then used the virus load data measured for each patient at different time points in a model simulation as described herein to obtain an M value for each one of the tested patients (assuming that k is 5).
  • FIG. 40 show normalized M value obtained from the model simulation for each one of the patients. The results indicate that the patients being considered as non-responsive have considerably lower M values, whereas the patients that show response (defined as SVR or TR) have considerably higher M values.
  • Interestingly, in two of the responsive patients that were characterized with the heights M values in FIG. 40 (0.97 and 0.99), no virus was detected after 48 hours of treatment. These results suggest that for patients characterized with higher M value, a short treatment period is sufficient to reduce/eliminate the virus and there is no need to treat these patients using long-term treatment.
  • The M values calculated from the model simulation described herein were correlated to normalized expression of HERC5 in order to obtain a “calibration data” of M values.
  • Table 16 shows for each patient, the normalized expression of HERC5 before treatment and the model calculated M value. Such calibration data may be further used for derivation of M. The patients category NR, SVR or TR is as defined above.
  • TABLE 16
    The expression of HERC5 gene and the simulated M for
    each one of the tested HCV patients.
    Normalized
    Expression of
    Patient HERC5 Simulated
    category before treatment M value
    NR 0.480499 0.7995
    NR 1 0.8002
    NR 0.780031 0.8004
    NR 0.533021 0.803
    NR 0.704628 0.804
    NR 0.689028 0.805
    SVR 0.694228 0.81
    SVR 0.161206 0.81
    TR 0.460218 0.81
    SVR 0.330213 0.82
    TR 0 0.824
    SVR 0.25741 0.85
    SVR 0.0078 0.97
    SVR 0.01014 0.99
    • Example 13
  • Determining Treatment Duration by Calculating M Using Genetic Expression in HCV Patients Treated with IFN-α
  • Seventeen HCV patients were examined in this study as also presented in Example 11 and FIGS. 37A and 37B. The expression of HERC5 was determined for each one of the patients before initiation of treatment using RT-PCR.
  • Based on the response to treatment, the patients were categorized into responders or non-responders as shown in FIG. 37.
  • Using the calibration curve prepared in Example 12, the inventors have determined for each one of the patients, an M value based on the experimental normalized value of expression of HERC5. It should be noted that the inventor considers treatment with every day using IFN plus ribavirin, as the best way for calculating an accurate M and therefore approximates the treatment with PegIFN during the week.
  • Table 17 shows the normalized expression of HERC5 as measured by RT-PCT and the M value determined using the calibration data described above.
  • TABLE 17
    The expression of HERC5 gene and the derived M
    (from the calibration data)
    for each one of the tested HCV patients.
    Normalized
    Expression of
    Patient HERC5 derived
    category before treatment M value
    NR s18 0.40773 0.7995
    NR p21 0.413093 0.7995
    NR p23 0.448118 0.7995
    NR p27 0.494851 0.7995
    NR cts17 0.589386 0.803
    NR s20 0.654809 0.805
    NR s16 0.804371 0.8004
    NR s15 0.873918 0.8004
    NRsb11 1 0.8002
    Responsive p25 0 0.95
    Responsive p12 0.030833 0.95
    Responsive p26 0.076105 0.95
    Responsive p24 0.113371 0.84
    Responsive s6 0.120362 0.84
    Responsive p22 0.170882 0.84
    Responsive p13 0.250061 0.85
    Responsive s5 0.276657 0.85
  • These results show that the patients that were experimentally categorized as non-responders have lower M value compared with the patients that were experimentally categorized as responders. This suggest that measuring the expression of a single gene before treatment in a given patient and using this expression to obtain the corresponding M value for this patient, may predict if the patient will respond to treatment.
  • For prediction of treatment regimen, data from two patients were used denoted as s18 (non-responder) and p25 (responder). As shown in Table 17, using the initial virus load and the derived M for each one of these two patients, the viral load after 4 weeks was measured as presented in Table 18. The figure also discloses the normalized expression of HERC5 marker gene calculated for both patients.
  • TABLE 18
    virus load and M values of HCV patients
    Baseline Virus load
    HERC5 Derived virus after
    Patient expression M load 4 weeks
    S18 0.40773 0.7995 79986/07 168,162
    P25 0 0.95 4539 HCV Not
    detected
  • Based on the model described herein, FIGS. 41A and 41B show results of model simulation for s18 and p25, respectively providing calculated predicted virus load.
  • As shown in FIG. 41A, patient denoted as s18 having a measured initial virus load of 79986.07 (Table 18) and a calculated derived M value of 0.7995, exhibits an increase in virus load after a month up to a value of about 170,000. This simulation strongly correlates with the virus load measured in this patient after four weeks of treatment, which is about 168,162, as presented in Table 18.
  • In addition, as shown in FIG. 41B, patient denoted as p25 having an initial virus load of 4,539 and a derived M value of 0.95, exhibits a decrease in virus load after a month up to a value basically to baseline level. This strongly correlates with the fact that no virus load was measured in this patient after four weeks of treatment as presented in Table 18.
  • Thus, for a patient having an M value of 0.795 (p18), IFN treatment would not reduce viral load and therefore should be avoided. However, for a patient having an M value of about 0.95, eradication of the virus is achieved within several days (less than a week) of treatment. The data shown herein therefore also provide means to determine the treatment duration and also type of treatment.
    • Example 14
  • Predicting Treatment Regimen for Patient Suffering from HCV and HIV
  • Data from the publication of Murphya, Alison A. et al, AIDS 2011, 25:1179-1187 was used to study the ability of the model to predict treatment regimen. Specifically, the data of average virus load obtained from all patients at different time points was used in the simulation to obtain a M value of 0.82 (K was set at 5).
  • FIG. 42 shows the model simulation (right curve) of the data providing a M value of 0.82.
  • The simulated M value (of 0.82) was then used together with the initial average virus load in a further simulation that used different dosing regimen, twice a week instead of once weekly. As can be seen in the left curve of FIG. 42, treatment twice a week was more efficient.
  • Further, the patient denoted as s18 (non responder) was further used in a model simulation of treatment regimen. Using the M value of 0.7995 and the initial virus load, the treatment outcome was simulated. As shown in the right curve in FIG. 43, there was an increase in virus load indicating that the patient was not responsive to treatment. Interestingly, as shown in left curve of FIG. 43, increasing the dosing regimen from once a week to twice a week did not result in a response to treatment. This data suggest that even treating this patient with higher amount and/or different regimen is not efficient and new medications need to be used.
  • TABLE 19
    List of Sequences
    SEQ
    ID
    NO: Details
     1 DNA sequence of ISG15 ubiquitin-like modifier (ISG15)
     2 Protein sequence of ISG15 ubiquitin-like modifier (ISG15)
     3 DNA sequence of Interferon-induced protein with
    tetratricopeptide repeats 1 (IFIT1)
     4 Protein sequence of Interferon-induced protein with
    tetratricopeptide repeats 1 (IFIT1)
     5 DNA sequence of Interferon-induced protein with
    tetratricopeptide repeats 2 (IFIT2)
     6 Protein sequence of Interferon-induced protein with
    tetratricopeptide repeats 2 (IFIT2)
     7 DNA sequence of Interferon-induced protein with
    tetratricopeptide repeats 3 (IFIT3)
     8 Protein sequence of Interferon-induced protein with
    tetratricopeptide repeats 3 (IFIT3)
     9 DNA sequence of Interferon-induced protein with
    tetratricopeptide repeats 3 (IFIT3)
     10 Protein sequence of Interferon-induced protein with
    tetratricopeptide repeats 3 (IFIT3)
     11 DNA sequence of Interferon-induced protein with
    tetratricopeptide repeats 5 (IFIT5)
     12 Protein sequence of Interferon-induced protein with
    tetratricopeptide repeats 5 (IFIT5)
     13 DNA sequence of 2′-5′-oligoadenylate synthetase 1 (OAS1)
     14 Protein sequence of 2′-5′-oligoadenylate synthetase 1 (OAS1)
     15 DNA sequence of 2′-5′-oligoadenylate synthetase 1 (OAS1)
     16 Protein sequence of 2′-5′-oligoadenylate synthetase 1 (OAS1)
     17 DNA sequence of 2′-5′-oligoadenylate synthetase 1 (OAS1)
     18 Protein sequence of 2′-5′-oligoadenylate synthetase 1 (OAS1)
     19 DNA sequence of 2′-5′-oligoadenylate synthetase 2 (OAS2)
     20 Protein sequence of 2′-5′-oligoadenylate synthetase 2 (OAS2)
     21 DNA sequence of 2′-5′-oligoadenylate synthetase 2 (OAS2)
     22 Protein sequence of 2′-5′-oligoadenylate synthetase 2 (OAS2)
     23 DNA sequence of 2′-5′-oligoadenylate synthetase 2 (OAS2)
     24 Protein sequence of 2′-5′-oligoadenylate synthetase 2 (OAS2)
     25 DNA sequence of 2′-5′-oligoadenylate synthetase 3 (OAS3)
     26 Protein sequence of 2′-5′-oligoadenylate synthetase 3 (OAS3)
     27 DNA sequence of 2′-5′-oligoadenylate synthetase-like
    (OASL)
     28 Protein sequence of 2′-5′-oligoadenylate synthetase-like
    (OASL)
     29 DNA sequence of 2′-5′-oligoadenylate synthetase-like
    (OASL)
     30 Protein sequence of 2′-5′-oligoadenylate synthetase-like
    (OASL)
     31 DNA sequence of HECT and RLD domain containing E3
    ubiquitin protein ligase 5 (HERC5)
     32 Protein sequence of HECT and RLD domain containing E3
    ubiquitin protein ligase 5 (HERC5)
     33 DNA sequence of ubiquitin specific peptidase 18 (USP18)
     34 Protein sequence of ubiquitin specific peptidase 18 (USP18)
     35 DNA sequence of Radical S-adenosyl methionine domain
    containing 2 (RSAD2)
     36 Protein sequence of Radical S-adenosyl methionine domain
    containing 2 (RSAD2)
     37 DNA sequence of myxovirus (influenza virus) resistance 1
    (MX1)
     38 Protein sequence of myxovirus (influenza virus) resistance 1
    (MX1)
     39 DNA sequence of myxovirus (influenza virus) resistance 1
    (MX1)
     40 Protein sequence of myxovirus (influenza virus) resistance 1
    (MX1)
     41 DNA sequence of myxovirus (influenza virus) resistance 1
    (MX1)
     42 Protein sequence of myxovirus (influenza virus) resistance 1
    (MX1)
     43 DNA sequence of Interferon-induced protein 44-like
    (IFI44L)
     44 Protein sequence of Interferon-induced protein 44-like
    (IFI44L)
     45 DNA sequence of DEAD (Asp-Glu-Ala-Asp) box
    polypeptide 58 (DDX58)
     46 Protein sequence of DEAD (Asp-Glu-Ala-Asp) box
    polypeptide 58 (DDX58)
     47 DNA sequence of interferon alpha 1
     48 Protein sequence interferon alpha 1
     49 DNA sequence of interferon alpha 2
     50 Protein sequence of interferon alpha 2
     51 DNA sequence of Interferon alpha-4
     52 Protein sequence of Interferon alpha-4
     53 DNA sequence of Interferon alpha-5
     54 Protein sequence of Interferon alpha-5
     55 DNA sequence of Interferon alpha-6
     56 Protein sequence of Interferon alpha-6
     57 DNA sequence of Interferon alpha-7
     58 Protein sequence of Interferon alpha-7
     59 DNA sequence of Interferon alpha-8
     60 Protein sequence of Interferon alpha-8
     61 DNA sequence of Interferon alpha-10
     62 Protein sequence of Interferon alpha-10
     63 DNA sequence of Interferon alpha-1/13
     64 Protein sequence of Interferon alpha-1/13
     65 DNA sequence of Interferon alpha-14
     66 Protein sequence of Interferon alpha-14
     67 DNA sequence of Interferon alpha-16
     68 Protein sequence of Interferon alpha-16
     69 DNA sequence of Interferon alpha-17
     70 Protein sequence of Interferon alpha-17
     71 DNA sequence of Interferon alpha-21
     72 Protein sequence of Interferon alpha-21
     73 DNA sequence of Interferon, beta 1
     74 Protein sequence of Interferon, beta 1
     75 DNA sequence of Interferon omega-1
     76 Protein sequence of Interferon omega-1
     77 DNA sequence of Interferon-gamma
     78 Protein sequence of Interferon-gamma
     79 DNA sequence of E1-like ubiquitin-activating enzyme
    (UBElL)
     80 Protein sequence of E1-like ubiquitin-activating enzyme
    (UBElL)
     81 DNA sequence of Ubiquitin-conjugating enzyme E2L 6
    (UBE2L6)
     82 Protein sequence of Ubiquitin-conjugating enzyme E2L 6
    (UBE2L6)
     83 DNA sequence of Ubiquitin-conjugating enzyme E2L 6
    (UBE2L6)
     84 Protein sequence of Ubiquitin-conjugating enzyme E2L 6
    (UBE2L6)
     85 DNA sequence of Interferon alpha-inducible protein 27
    (IFI27)
     86 protein sequence of Interferon alpha-inducible protein 27
    (IFI27)
     87 DNA sequence of Interferon alpha-inducible protein 27
    (IFI27)
     88 Protein sequence of Interferon alpha-inducible protein 27
    (IFI27)
     89 DNA sequence of Interferon induced with helicase C
    domain 1 (IFIH1)
     90 Protein sequence of Interferon induced with helicase C
    domain 1 (IFIH1)
     91 DNA sequence of Toll-like receptor 7 (TLR-7)
     92 Protein sequence of Toll-like receptor 7 (TLR-7)
     93 DNA sequence of Interferon regulatory factor 7 (IRF7)
     94 Protein sequence of Interferon regulatory factor 7 (IRF7)
     95 DNA sequence of Interferon regulatory factor 7 (IRF7)
     96 Protein sequence of Interferon regulatory factor 7 (IRF7)
     97 DNA sequence of Interferon, alpha-inducible protein 6 (IFI6)
     98 Protein sequence of Interferon, alpha-inducible protein 6 (IFI6)
     99 DNA sequence of Interferon, alpha-inducible protein 6 (IFI6)
    100 Protein sequence of Interferon, alpha-inducible protein 6
    (IFI6)
    101 DNA sequence of Interferon, alpha-inducible protein 6 (IFI6)
    102 Protein sequence of Interferon, alpha-inducible protein 6
    (IFI6)
    103 DNA sequence of Signal transducer and activator of
    transcription 1 (STAT1)
    104 DNA sequence of Signal transducer and activator of
    transcription 1 (STAT1)
    105 Protein sequence of Signal transducer and activator of
    transcription 1 (STAT1)
    106 Protein sequence of Signal transducer and activator of
    transcription 1 (STAT1)
    107 DNA sequence of Interferon-induced protein 44 (IFI44) gene
    108 Protein sequence of Interferon-induced protein 44 (IFI44) gene
    109 DNA sequence of eukaryotic translation initiation factor
    2-alpha kinase 2 (EIF2AK2)
    110 Protein sequence of eukaryotic translation initiation factor
    2-alpha kinase 2 (EIF2AK2)
    111 DNA sequence of DEXH (Asp-Glu-X-His) box polypeptide
    58 (DHX58)
    112 Protein sequence of DEXH (Asp-Glu-X-His) box polypeptide
    58 (DHX58)

Claims (20)

1. A method for determining a personalized treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder, said method comprises the step of:
a. Calculating the value of M, wherein said value indicates the ability of said subject to eliminate said disorder;
b. Determining the value of M1, said value indicates the minimal ability required for eliminating said disorder;
c. providing the dose A1 and number B1 of administrations of said dose to obtain an amount C1 of said medicament required for eliminating said disorder in subjects having a value of M that is equal or above said M1 value, wherein A1*B1=C1;
d. Calculating the dose A and number B of administrations of said dose A to obtain an amount C1 required for said subject having said M determined/calculated in step (a), wherein said A=A1/(M1/M) and B=B1*(M1/M); thereby at least one of determining and optimizing the treatment regimen for said subject.
2. The method according to claim 1, wherein calculating the value of M is performed by the steps of any one of:
I. A static analysis comprising:
Ia. determining the level of expression of at least one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFITM3, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7, IFI6, STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes in a biological sample of said subject, to obtain an expression value Exsamp in said sample;
Ib. providing a standard curve of expression values of subjects suffering from the same pathologic disorder;
Ic. Obtaining a maximal expression value Exmax and a minimal expression value Exmin from said standard curve of (Ib); and
Id. Calculating the M value of said sample, wherein M=1−[(Exsamp−Exmin)/(Exmax−Exmin];
II. An induced dynamic analysis comprising:
IIa. determining the level of expression of at least one of genes in a biological sample of said subject, to obtain an expression value in said sample;
IIb. exposing or contacting said subject or at least one other sample obtained from said subject to or with an immuno-stimulant;
IIc. determining the level of expression of at least one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFITM3, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7, IFI6, STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes in said at least one other biological sample of said subject obtained in step IIb; and
IId. calculating the rate of change (RC) between the expression value obtained in step (IIa), and the expression value obtained in step (IIc), thereby obtaining the rate of change in the sample RCsamp;
IIe. providing a standard curve of the rate of change in the expression of at least one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFITM3, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7, IFI6, STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes in subjects treated with said immuno-stimulant;
IIf. Obtaining a maximal rate of change value RCmax and a minimal rate of change RCmin value from said standard curve of (IIe); and
IIg. Calculating the M value of said sample, wherein M=[(RCsamp−RCmin)/(RCmax−RCmin)], thereby obtaining an M value of said subject; or
III. A dynamic analysis comprising:
IIIa. determining the level of expression of at least one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFITM3, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7, IFI6, STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes in a biological sample of said subject, to obtain an expression value in said sample, wherein said sample is obtained prior the initiation of said treatment with said medicament;
IIIb. determining the level of expression of at least one ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFITM3, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7, IFI6, STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes in at least one other biological sample of said subject, wherein said at least one other sample is obtained after the initiation of said treatment;
IIIc. calculating the rate of change between the expression value obtained in step (IIIa), and the expression value obtained in step (IIIb), thereby obtaining the rate of change in the sample RCsamp;
IIId. providing a predetermined standard curve of the rate of change in the expression of at least one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFITM3, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7, IFI6, STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes in subjects suffering from the same disorder that were treated with said medicament;
IIIe. Obtaining a maximal rate of change value RCmax and a minimal rate of change value RCmin from said standard curve of (IId); and
IIIf. Calculating the M value of said sample, wherein M=RCsamp−RCmin)/(RCmax−RCmin)], thereby obtaining an M value of said subject.
3. The method according to claim 2, wherein calculating the value of M1 is performed by the steps of any one of:
I. Ia. Providing a K value for said disorder;
Ib. calculating the M1, wherein M1≥1−(1/k), thereby determining the M1 value; and
II. IIa. Providing a standard M1 value calculated for a responder population.
4. The method according to claim 2, wherein in steps (a) and (b) the expression of OAS2, HERC5, UPS18, UBE216 and optionally of ISG15 genes is determined.
5. The method according to claim 1, wherein said method is for determining a personalized interferon treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder.
6. The method according to claim 2, wherein determining the level of expression of at least one of said ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFITM3, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7, IFI6, STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes in a biological sample of said subject is performed by the step of contacting detecting molecules specific for said genes with a biological sample of said subject, or with any nucleic acid or protein product obtained therefrom, and wherein said detecting molecules are selected from isolated detecting nucleic acid molecules and isolated detecting amino acid molecules.
7. The method according to claim 6, wherein said nucleic acid detecting molecule comprises isolated oligonucleotide/s, each oligonucleotide specifically hybridizes to a nucleic acid sequence of said at least one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFITM3, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7, IFI6, STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes and optionally, to a control reference gene, and wherein said detecting molecule is at least one of a pair of primers, at least one primer, nucleotide probes or any combinations thereof.
8. The method according to claim 1, wherein said subject is suffering from an immune-related disorder, and wherein said immune-related disorder is any one of an infectious condition, an autoimmune disease, and a proliferative disorder.
9. The method according to claim 8, wherein said subject is suffering from an infectious condition caused by any one of (Hepatitis C virus) HCV, dengue virus, influenza, poliovirus, HIV (human immune deficiency virus) and West Nile virus (WNV) infection.
10. The method according to claim 8, wherein said subject is suffering from Multiple sclerosis (MS).
11. The method according to claim 8, wherein said subject is suffering from Rheumatoid Arthritis (RA), and wherein said genes are at least one of IFIT1, IFITM3, IFIT3, OAS1, OAS3, HERC5, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, IFI6, IFI44 and DDX58 genes.
12. The method according to claim 2, wherein said immuno-stimulant is any one of a synthetic double stranded RNA (poly ICLC), yellow fever (YF) vaccine 17D (YF17D).
13. A kit for determining and/or optimizing a personalized treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder comprising:
a. detecting molecules specific for determining the level of expression of at least one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFITM3, IFI44L, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7, IFI6, STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes in a biological sample, wherein said detecting molecules are selected from isolated detecting nucleic acid molecules and isolated detecting amino acid molecules;
b. means for calculating the M value of a tested subject, wherein said value indicates the ability of said subject to eliminate said disorder;
c. means for calculating the value of M1 or a standard M1 value calculated for a responder population, said M1 value indicates the minimal ability required for eliminating said disorder; and
d. means for calculating the dose A and number B of administrations of said dose A to obtain an amount C of said medicament required for said subject.
14. The kit according to claim 13, wherein means for calculating the value of M comprise at least one of:
I. means for static analysis comprising:
Ia. detecting molecules specific for determining the level of expression of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFITM3, IFI44L, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7, IFI6, STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes in a biological sample for determining an expression value Exsamp in said sample;
Ib. a standard curve of expression values of subjects suffering from the same pathologic disorder or predetermined maximal expression value Exmax and a minimal expression value Exmin calculated from said standard curve; and
Ic. a formula for calculating M value, wherein said formula is M=[(Exsamp−Exmin)/(Exmax−Exmin)];
II. means for an induced dynamic analysis comprising:
IIa. detecting molecules specific for determining the level of expression of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFITM3, IFI44L, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7, IFI6, STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes in a biological sample for determining an expression value Exsamp in said sample before and after stimulation of said subject with an immuno-stimulant, and for calculating the rate of change RCsamp in the expression value Exsamp of said sample before and after stimulation;
IIb. an immuno-stimulant;
IIc. a standard curve of the rate of change in the expression of at least one of ISG15, FIT1, IFIT2, IFITM3, IFI44L, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7, IFI6, STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes in subjects treated with said immuno-stimulant, or predetermined maximal rate of change value RCmax and a minimal rate of change RCmin value calculated from said standard curve; and
IId. a formula for calculating said M value, wherein said formula is M=[(RCsamp−RCmin)/(RCmax−RCmin)]; and
III. means for a dynamic analysis comprising:
IIIa. detecting molecules specific for determining the level of expression of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFITM3, IFI44L, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7, IFI6, STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes in a biological sample for determining an expression value Exsamp in said sample before and after treatment of said subject with said medicament, and for calculating the rate of change RCsamp in the expression value Exsamp of said sample;
IIIb. a predetermined standard curve of the rate of change in the expression of at least one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFITM3, IFI44L, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7, IFI6, STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes in subjects suffering from the same disorder and treated with said medicament, or predetermined maximal rate of change value RCmax and minimal rate of change value RCmin calculated from said standard curve; and
IIIc. a formula for calculating said M value, wherein said formula is M=[(RCsamp−RCmin)/(RCmax−RCmin)];
and wherein means for calculating the value of M1 comprise:
a. a predetermined K value of said disorder;
b. a formula for calculating said M1 value, wherein said formula is M1≥1−(1/k).
15. The kit according to claim 13, wherein said nucleic acid detecting molecule comprises isolated oligonucleotides, each oligonucleotide specifically hybridizes to a nucleic acid sequence of said at least one of ISG15, IFIT1, IFIT2, IFITM3, IFI44L, IFIT3, IFIT5, OAS1, OAS2, OAS3, OASL, HERC5, USP18, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, DDX58, UBE1L, UBE2L6, IFI27, IFIH1, TLR7, IRF7, IFI6, STAT1, IFI44, EIF2AK2 and DHX58 genes and optionally, to a control reference gene, and wherein said detecting molecule is at least one of a pair of primers, at least one primer, nucleotide probes or any combinations thereof.
16. The kit according to claim 13, wherein said subject is suffering from an infectious condition caused by any one of HCV, dengue virus, influenza, poliovirus, HIV and WNV infection.
17. The kit according to claim 13, wherein said subject is suffering from Multiple sclerosis (MS).
18. The kit according to claim 13, wherein said subject is suffering from Rheumatoid Arthritis (RA) and wherein said kit comprises detecting molecules specific for determining the level of expression of at least one of IFIT1, IFITM3, IFIT3, OAS1, OAS3, HERC5, RSAD2, MX1, IFI44L, IFI6, IFI44 and DDX58 genes.
19. The kit according to claim 13, wherein said immuno-stimulant is any one of a synthetic double stranded RNA (poly ICLC), yellow fever (YF) vaccine 17D (YF17D).
20. A computer software product for determining and/or optimizing a personalized treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder, the product comprising a computer readable medium in which program instructions are stored, which instructions, when read by a computer, cause the computer to
a. Calculate and/or determine the value of M, wherein said value indicates the ability of said subject to eliminate said disorder;
b. Determine the value of M1, said value indicates the minimal ability required for eliminating said disorder;
c. calculate the dose A and number B of administrations of said dose A to obtain an amount C required for said subject having said M determined/calculated in step (a), from predetermined dose A1 and number B1 of administrations of said dose, using the formula of A=A/(M1/M) and B=B1*(M1/M).
US17/100,987 2014-04-10 2020-11-23 Methods and kits for determining a personalized treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder Pending US20210079475A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US17/100,987 US20210079475A1 (en) 2014-04-10 2020-11-23 Methods and kits for determining a personalized treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201461977966P 2014-04-10 2014-04-10
PCT/IL2015/050363 WO2015155766A1 (en) 2014-04-10 2015-04-02 Methods and kits for determining a personalized treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder
US201615303427A 2016-10-11 2016-10-11
US17/100,987 US20210079475A1 (en) 2014-04-10 2020-11-23 Methods and kits for determining a personalized treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder

Related Parent Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/IL2015/050363 Continuation WO2015155766A1 (en) 2014-04-10 2015-04-02 Methods and kits for determining a personalized treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder
US15/303,427 Continuation US10846371B2 (en) 2014-04-10 2015-04-02 Methods and kits for determining a personalized treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20210079475A1 true US20210079475A1 (en) 2021-03-18

Family

ID=54287390

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/303,427 Active 2038-01-18 US10846371B2 (en) 2014-04-10 2015-04-02 Methods and kits for determining a personalized treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder
US17/100,987 Pending US20210079475A1 (en) 2014-04-10 2020-11-23 Methods and kits for determining a personalized treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/303,427 Active 2038-01-18 US10846371B2 (en) 2014-04-10 2015-04-02 Methods and kits for determining a personalized treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (2) US10846371B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3129507A4 (en)
IL (1) IL248268B (en)
WO (1) WO2015155766A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2015155766A1 (en) * 2014-04-10 2015-10-15 Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem Ltd. Methods and kits for determining a personalized treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder
TWI623620B (en) * 2016-11-25 2018-05-11 高雄醫學大學 Method for predicting treatment efficacy of peginterferon plus ribavirin treatment in a subject suffering from hepatitis c
US11865150B2 (en) * 2017-01-13 2024-01-09 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research Materials and methods for treating cancer
WO2019159186A1 (en) * 2018-02-19 2019-08-22 Genefron Ltd. Methods of determining response to tnf alpha blockers
CN113584149A (en) * 2021-07-09 2021-11-02 中国疾病预防控制中心性病艾滋病预防控制中心 Reagents and methods for detecting immune reconstitution status in HIV-infected subjects

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10846371B2 (en) * 2014-04-10 2020-11-24 Yissum Research Development Company of the Hebrew University of Jerusalm Ltd. Methods and kits for determining a personalized treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2007039906A2 (en) 2005-10-06 2007-04-12 Yissum Research Development Company Method for analyzing gene expression data
WO2010028288A2 (en) * 2008-09-05 2010-03-11 Aueon, Inc. Methods for stratifying and annotating cancer drug treatment options
EP2376653A2 (en) 2008-12-29 2011-10-19 Yissum Research Development Company of The Hebrew University of Jerusalem Methods of predicting responsiveness to interferon treatment and treating hepatitis c infection
US20130041683A1 (en) * 2010-04-07 2013-02-14 Novacare Computer based system for predicting treatment outcomes
WO2012154987A1 (en) * 2011-05-10 2012-11-15 Nestec Sa Methods of disease activity profiling for personalized therapy management
US9809854B2 (en) * 2012-11-15 2017-11-07 New York Society For The Ruptured And Crippled Maintaining The Hospital For Special Surgery Biomarkers for disease activity and clinical manifestations systemic lupus erythematosus
US20150167085A1 (en) * 2013-09-09 2015-06-18 Daniel R. Salomon Methods and Systems for Analysis of Organ Transplantation

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10846371B2 (en) * 2014-04-10 2020-11-24 Yissum Research Development Company of the Hebrew University of Jerusalm Ltd. Methods and kits for determining a personalized treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2015155766A1 (en) 2015-10-15
EP3129507A1 (en) 2017-02-15
IL248268A0 (en) 2016-11-30
IL248268B (en) 2020-10-29
US10846371B2 (en) 2020-11-24
EP3129507A4 (en) 2017-12-06
US20170039343A1 (en) 2017-02-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20210079475A1 (en) Methods and kits for determining a personalized treatment regimen for a subject suffering from a pathologic disorder
Delorey et al. COVID-19 tissue atlases reveal SARS-CoV-2 pathology and cellular targets
Vanwolleghem et al. Re‐evaluation of hepatitis B virus clinical phases by systems biology identifies unappreciated roles for the innate immune response and B cells
US20110105343A1 (en) Systems Biology Approach Predicts Immunogenicity of Vaccines
US20120009148A1 (en) Methods of predicting responsiveness to interferon treatment and treating hepatitis c infection
AU2009240021B2 (en) Antiviral therapy
Loke et al. Correlating cellular and molecular signatures of mucosal immunity that distinguish HIV controllers from noncontrollers
WO2015048098A1 (en) Diagnostic methods for infectious disease using endogenous gene expression
KR20090023360A (en) Hepatitis c virus infection biomarkers
Henig et al. Interferon-beta induces distinct gene expression response patterns in human monocytes versus T cells
Caballero et al. Lassa and Marburg viruses elicit distinct host transcriptional responses early after infection
US20140228243A1 (en) Prognostic methods and compositions for predicting interferon treatment eficacy in a subject
US20180305761A1 (en) METHODS AND KITS FOR PREDICTION AND DIAGNOSIS OF HUMAN CYTOMEGALOVIRUS (hCMV) CONGENITAL TRANSMISSION
Peña et al. Multiplexed digital mRNA profiling of the inflammatory response in the West Nile Swiss Webster mouse model
Chiraunyanann et al. CXCL12 G801A polymorphism is associated with significant liver fibrosis in HIV-infected Thais: a cross-sectional study
Goertsches et al. Monitoring of multiple sclerosis immunotherapy: from single candidates to biomarker networks
Souquette et al. Integrated drivers of basal and acute immunity in diverse human populations
Alameri et al. The Impacts of Interferon Gamma Gene Polymorphism on BNT162b2 Induced Antibody Response
Arslan et al. MicroRNA analysis from acute to convalescence in Crimean Congo hemorrhagic fever
Daw et al. The role of hepatitis C virus genotyping in evaluating the efficacy of INF-based therapy used in treating hepatitis C infected patients in Libya
WO2010015632A2 (en) Interferon
US20170029896A1 (en) Prognostic kits, arrays compositions and methods for predicting interferon treatment efficacy in a subject
Wu et al. Differential regulation of cytotoxicity pathway discriminating between HIV, HCV mono-and co-infection identified by transcriptome profiling of PBMCs
JP6726278B2 (en) Method and kit for identifying a drug causing an allergic drug reaction
EP2118324B1 (en) Method for evaluating the response of an individual to a treatment with a type i interferon (ifn)

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: YISSUM RESEARCH DEVELOPMENT COMPANY OF THE HEBREW UNIVERSITY OF JERUSALEM LTD., ISRAEL

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:SMITH, YOAV;REEL/FRAME:054440/0127

Effective date: 20150812

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED